1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 }; 191 192 /* shorthand */ 193 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 194 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 195 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 196 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 197 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 198 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 199 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 200 201 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 202 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 203 204 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 205 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 206 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 207 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 208 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 209 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 210 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 211 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 212 #endif 213 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 215 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 216 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 217 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 218 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 219 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 220 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 221 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 222 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 223 224 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 225 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 226 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 227 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 228 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 229 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 230 231 static int eval_index(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int verbose); 232 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 233 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 234 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 235 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 237 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 238 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 239 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 240 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 241 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 242 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 243 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 244 245 #ifdef EBCDIC 246 static int compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2); 247 static void sortFunctions(); 248 #endif 249 250 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 251 #include "version.h" 252 253 /* 254 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 255 */ 256 void 257 eval_init(void) 258 { 259 int i; 260 struct vimvar *p; 261 262 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 263 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 264 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 265 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 266 func_init(); 267 268 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 269 { 270 p = &vimvars[i]; 271 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 272 { 273 EMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 274 getout(1); 275 } 276 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 277 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 278 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 279 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 280 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 281 else 282 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 283 284 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 285 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 286 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 287 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 288 /* add to compat scope dict */ 289 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 290 } 291 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 292 293 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 294 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 295 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc()); 296 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 297 298 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 299 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 300 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 301 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 302 303 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 304 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 305 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 306 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 307 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 308 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 309 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 310 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 311 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 312 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 313 314 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 315 316 #ifdef EBCDIC 317 /* 318 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 319 */ 320 sortFunctions(); 321 #endif 322 } 323 324 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 325 void 326 eval_clear(void) 327 { 328 int i; 329 struct vimvar *p; 330 331 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 332 { 333 p = &vimvars[i]; 334 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 335 { 336 vim_free(p->vv_str); 337 p->vv_str = NULL; 338 } 339 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 340 { 341 list_unref(p->vv_list); 342 p->vv_list = NULL; 343 } 344 } 345 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 346 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 347 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 348 349 free_scriptnames(); 350 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 351 free_locales(); 352 # endif 353 354 /* global variables */ 355 vars_clear(&globvarht); 356 357 /* autoloaded script names */ 358 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 359 360 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 361 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 362 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 363 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 364 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 365 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 366 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 367 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 368 369 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 370 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 371 372 /* functions */ 373 free_all_functions(); 374 } 375 #endif 376 377 378 /* 379 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 380 * not already exist. 381 */ 382 void 383 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 384 { 385 char_u *val; 386 typval_T *tvp; 387 388 val = vim_strsave(value); 389 if (val != NULL) 390 { 391 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 392 if (tvp != NULL) 393 { 394 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 395 free_tv(tvp); 396 } 397 } 398 } 399 400 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 401 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 402 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 403 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 404 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 405 406 /* 407 * Start recording command output to a variable 408 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 409 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 410 */ 411 int 412 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 413 { 414 int save_emsg; 415 int err; 416 typval_T tv; 417 418 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 419 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 420 { 421 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 422 return FAIL; 423 } 424 425 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 426 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 427 if (redir_varname == NULL) 428 return FAIL; 429 430 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 431 if (redir_lval == NULL) 432 { 433 var_redir_stop(); 434 return FAIL; 435 } 436 437 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 438 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 439 440 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 441 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 442 FNE_CHECK_START); 443 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 444 { 445 clear_lval(redir_lval); 446 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 447 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 448 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 449 else 450 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 451 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 452 var_redir_stop(); 453 return FAIL; 454 } 455 456 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 457 * string */ 458 save_emsg = did_emsg; 459 did_emsg = FALSE; 460 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 461 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 462 if (append) 463 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 464 else 465 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 466 clear_lval(redir_lval); 467 err = did_emsg; 468 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 469 if (err) 470 { 471 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 472 var_redir_stop(); 473 return FAIL; 474 } 475 476 return OK; 477 } 478 479 /* 480 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 481 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 482 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 483 * memory to be used: 484 * :redir => foo 485 * :let foo 486 * :redir END 487 */ 488 void 489 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 490 { 491 int len; 492 493 if (redir_lval == NULL) 494 return; 495 496 if (value_len == -1) 497 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 498 else 499 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 500 501 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 502 { 503 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 504 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 505 } 506 else 507 var_redir_stop(); 508 } 509 510 /* 511 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 512 * Frees the allocated memory. 513 */ 514 void 515 var_redir_stop(void) 516 { 517 typval_T tv; 518 519 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 520 { 521 redir_lval = NULL; 522 return; 523 } 524 525 if (redir_lval != NULL) 526 { 527 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 528 if (redir_endp != NULL) 529 { 530 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 531 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 532 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 533 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 534 * have changed. */ 535 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 536 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 537 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 538 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 539 clear_lval(redir_lval); 540 } 541 542 /* free the collected output */ 543 vim_free(redir_ga.ga_data); 544 redir_ga.ga_data = NULL; 545 546 vim_free(redir_lval); 547 redir_lval = NULL; 548 } 549 vim_free(redir_varname); 550 redir_varname = NULL; 551 } 552 553 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 554 int 555 eval_charconvert( 556 char_u *enc_from, 557 char_u *enc_to, 558 char_u *fname_from, 559 char_u *fname_to) 560 { 561 int err = FALSE; 562 563 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 564 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 565 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 566 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 567 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 568 err = TRUE; 569 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 570 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 571 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 572 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 573 574 if (err) 575 return FAIL; 576 return OK; 577 } 578 # endif 579 580 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 581 int 582 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 583 { 584 int err = FALSE; 585 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 588 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 589 err = TRUE; 590 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 591 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 592 593 if (err) 594 { 595 mch_remove(fname); 596 return FAIL; 597 } 598 return OK; 599 } 600 # endif 601 602 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 603 void 604 eval_diff( 605 char_u *origfile, 606 char_u *newfile, 607 char_u *outfile) 608 { 609 int err = FALSE; 610 611 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 612 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 614 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 615 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 616 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 617 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 618 } 619 620 void 621 eval_patch( 622 char_u *origfile, 623 char_u *difffile, 624 char_u *outfile) 625 { 626 int err; 627 628 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 629 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 630 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 631 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 632 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 633 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 635 } 636 # endif 637 638 /* 639 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 640 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 641 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 642 */ 643 int 644 eval_to_bool( 645 char_u *arg, 646 int *error, 647 char_u **nextcmd, 648 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 649 { 650 typval_T tv; 651 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 652 653 if (skip) 654 ++emsg_skip; 655 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 656 *error = TRUE; 657 else 658 { 659 *error = FALSE; 660 if (!skip) 661 { 662 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 663 clear_tv(&tv); 664 } 665 } 666 if (skip) 667 --emsg_skip; 668 669 return (int)retval; 670 } 671 672 /* 673 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 674 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 675 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 676 */ 677 char_u * 678 eval_to_string_skip( 679 char_u *arg, 680 char_u **nextcmd, 681 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 682 { 683 typval_T tv; 684 char_u *retval; 685 686 if (skip) 687 ++emsg_skip; 688 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 689 retval = NULL; 690 else 691 { 692 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 693 clear_tv(&tv); 694 } 695 if (skip) 696 --emsg_skip; 697 698 return retval; 699 } 700 701 /* 702 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 703 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 704 */ 705 int 706 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 707 { 708 typval_T rettv; 709 710 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 711 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 712 } 713 714 /* 715 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 716 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 717 * a Float to a String. 718 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 719 */ 720 char_u * 721 eval_to_string( 722 char_u *arg, 723 char_u **nextcmd, 724 int convert) 725 { 726 typval_T tv; 727 char_u *retval; 728 garray_T ga; 729 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 730 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 731 #endif 732 733 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 734 retval = NULL; 735 else 736 { 737 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 738 { 739 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 740 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 741 { 742 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 743 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 744 ga_append(&ga, NL); 745 } 746 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 747 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 748 } 749 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 750 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 751 { 752 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 753 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 754 } 755 #endif 756 else 757 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 758 clear_tv(&tv); 759 } 760 761 return retval; 762 } 763 764 /* 765 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 766 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 767 */ 768 char_u * 769 eval_to_string_safe( 770 char_u *arg, 771 char_u **nextcmd, 772 int use_sandbox) 773 { 774 char_u *retval; 775 void *save_funccalp; 776 777 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 778 if (use_sandbox) 779 ++sandbox; 780 ++textlock; 781 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 782 if (use_sandbox) 783 --sandbox; 784 --textlock; 785 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 786 return retval; 787 } 788 789 /* 790 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 791 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 792 * Returns -1 for an error. 793 */ 794 varnumber_T 795 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 796 { 797 typval_T rettv; 798 varnumber_T retval; 799 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 800 801 ++emsg_off; 802 803 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 804 retval = -1; 805 else 806 { 807 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 808 clear_tv(&rettv); 809 } 810 --emsg_off; 811 812 return retval; 813 } 814 815 /* 816 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 817 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 818 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 819 */ 820 static void 821 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 822 { 823 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 824 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 825 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 826 } 827 828 /* 829 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 830 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 831 */ 832 static void 833 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 834 { 835 hashitem_T *hi; 836 837 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 838 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 839 { 840 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 841 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 842 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "restore_vimvar()"); 843 else 844 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 845 } 846 } 847 848 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 849 /* 850 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 851 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 852 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 853 */ 854 list_T * 855 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 856 { 857 typval_T save_val; 858 typval_T rettv; 859 list_T *list = NULL; 860 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 861 862 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 863 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 864 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 865 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 866 if (p_verbose == 0) 867 ++emsg_off; 868 869 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 870 { 871 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 872 clear_tv(&rettv); 873 else 874 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 875 } 876 877 if (p_verbose == 0) 878 --emsg_off; 879 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 880 881 return list; 882 } 883 884 /* 885 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 886 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 887 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 888 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 889 */ 890 int 891 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 892 { 893 listitem_T *li; 894 895 li = list->lv_first; 896 if (li == NULL) 897 return -1; 898 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 899 900 li = li->li_next; 901 if (li == NULL) 902 return -1; 903 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 904 } 905 #endif 906 907 /* 908 * Top level evaluation function. 909 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 910 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 911 */ 912 typval_T * 913 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 914 { 915 typval_T *tv; 916 917 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 918 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 919 { 920 vim_free(tv); 921 tv = NULL; 922 } 923 924 return tv; 925 } 926 927 928 /* 929 * Call some vimL function and return the result in "*rettv". 930 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. Only Number and String 931 * arguments are currently supported. 932 * Returns OK or FAIL. 933 */ 934 int 935 call_vim_function( 936 char_u *func, 937 int argc, 938 char_u **argv, 939 int safe, /* use the sandbox */ 940 int str_arg_only, /* all arguments are strings */ 941 typval_T *rettv) 942 { 943 typval_T *argvars; 944 varnumber_T n; 945 int len; 946 int i; 947 int doesrange; 948 void *save_funccalp = NULL; 949 int ret; 950 951 argvars = (typval_T *)alloc((unsigned)((argc + 1) * sizeof(typval_T))); 952 if (argvars == NULL) 953 return FAIL; 954 955 for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) 956 { 957 /* Pass a NULL or empty argument as an empty string */ 958 if (argv[i] == NULL || *argv[i] == NUL) 959 { 960 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 961 argvars[i].vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 962 continue; 963 } 964 965 if (str_arg_only) 966 len = 0; 967 else 968 /* Recognize a number argument, the others must be strings. */ 969 vim_str2nr(argv[i], NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 970 if (len != 0 && len == (int)STRLEN(argv[i])) 971 { 972 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 973 argvars[i].vval.v_number = n; 974 } 975 else 976 { 977 argvars[i].v_type = VAR_STRING; 978 argvars[i].vval.v_string = argv[i]; 979 } 980 } 981 982 if (safe) 983 { 984 save_funccalp = save_funccal(); 985 ++sandbox; 986 } 987 988 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 989 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argvars, NULL, 990 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 991 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 992 if (safe) 993 { 994 --sandbox; 995 restore_funccal(save_funccalp); 996 } 997 vim_free(argvars); 998 999 if (ret == FAIL) 1000 clear_tv(rettv); 1001 1002 return ret; 1003 } 1004 1005 /* 1006 * Call vimL function "func" and return the result as a number. 1007 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1008 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1009 */ 1010 varnumber_T 1011 call_func_retnr( 1012 char_u *func, 1013 int argc, 1014 char_u **argv, 1015 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1016 { 1017 typval_T rettv; 1018 varnumber_T retval; 1019 1020 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1021 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1022 return -1; 1023 1024 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1025 clear_tv(&rettv); 1026 return retval; 1027 } 1028 1029 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1030 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1031 1032 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1033 /* 1034 * Call vimL function "func" and return the result as a string. 1035 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1036 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1037 */ 1038 void * 1039 call_func_retstr( 1040 char_u *func, 1041 int argc, 1042 char_u **argv, 1043 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1044 { 1045 typval_T rettv; 1046 char_u *retval; 1047 1048 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1049 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1050 return NULL; 1051 1052 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1053 clear_tv(&rettv); 1054 return retval; 1055 } 1056 # endif 1057 1058 /* 1059 * Call vimL function "func" and return the result as a List. 1060 * Uses argv[argc] for the function arguments. 1061 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1062 */ 1063 void * 1064 call_func_retlist( 1065 char_u *func, 1066 int argc, 1067 char_u **argv, 1068 int safe) /* use the sandbox */ 1069 { 1070 typval_T rettv; 1071 1072 /* All arguments are passed as strings, no conversion to number. */ 1073 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, safe, TRUE, &rettv) == FAIL) 1074 return NULL; 1075 1076 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1077 { 1078 clear_tv(&rettv); 1079 return NULL; 1080 } 1081 1082 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1083 } 1084 #endif 1085 1086 1087 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1088 /* 1089 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1090 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1091 */ 1092 int 1093 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1094 { 1095 typval_T tv; 1096 varnumber_T retval; 1097 char_u *s; 1098 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1099 OPT_LOCAL); 1100 1101 ++emsg_off; 1102 if (use_sandbox) 1103 ++sandbox; 1104 ++textlock; 1105 *cp = NUL; 1106 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1107 retval = 0; 1108 else 1109 { 1110 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1111 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1112 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1113 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1114 retval = 0; 1115 else 1116 { 1117 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1118 * the number. */ 1119 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1120 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1121 *cp = *s++; 1122 retval = atol((char *)s); 1123 } 1124 clear_tv(&tv); 1125 } 1126 --emsg_off; 1127 if (use_sandbox) 1128 --sandbox; 1129 --textlock; 1130 1131 return (int)retval; 1132 } 1133 #endif 1134 1135 /* 1136 * ":let" list all variable values 1137 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1138 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1139 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1140 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1141 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1142 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1143 */ 1144 void 1145 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1146 { 1147 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1148 char_u *expr = NULL; 1149 typval_T rettv; 1150 int i; 1151 int var_count = 0; 1152 int semicolon = 0; 1153 char_u op[2]; 1154 char_u *argend; 1155 int first = TRUE; 1156 1157 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1158 if (argend == NULL) 1159 return; 1160 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1161 --argend; 1162 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1163 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1164 && expr[1] == '=')) 1165 { 1166 /* 1167 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1168 */ 1169 if (*arg == '[') 1170 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1171 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1172 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1173 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1174 else if (!eap->skip) 1175 { 1176 /* ":let" */ 1177 list_glob_vars(&first); 1178 list_buf_vars(&first); 1179 list_win_vars(&first); 1180 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1181 list_tab_vars(&first); 1182 #endif 1183 list_script_vars(&first); 1184 list_func_vars(&first); 1185 list_vim_vars(&first); 1186 } 1187 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1188 } 1189 else 1190 { 1191 op[0] = '='; 1192 op[1] = NUL; 1193 if (*expr != '=') 1194 { 1195 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1196 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1197 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1198 } 1199 else 1200 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1201 1202 if (eap->skip) 1203 ++emsg_skip; 1204 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1205 if (eap->skip) 1206 { 1207 if (i != FAIL) 1208 clear_tv(&rettv); 1209 --emsg_skip; 1210 } 1211 else if (i != FAIL) 1212 { 1213 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1214 op); 1215 clear_tv(&rettv); 1216 } 1217 } 1218 } 1219 1220 /* 1221 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1222 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1223 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1224 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1225 * or concatenate. 1226 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1227 */ 1228 static int 1229 ex_let_vars( 1230 char_u *arg_start, 1231 typval_T *tv, 1232 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1233 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1234 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1235 char_u *nextchars) 1236 { 1237 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1238 list_T *l; 1239 int i; 1240 listitem_T *item; 1241 typval_T ltv; 1242 1243 if (*arg != '[') 1244 { 1245 /* 1246 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1247 */ 1248 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1249 return FAIL; 1250 return OK; 1251 } 1252 1253 /* 1254 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1255 */ 1256 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1257 { 1258 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1259 return FAIL; 1260 } 1261 1262 i = list_len(l); 1263 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1264 { 1265 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1266 return FAIL; 1267 } 1268 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1269 { 1270 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1271 return FAIL; 1272 } 1273 1274 item = l->lv_first; 1275 while (*arg != ']') 1276 { 1277 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1278 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1279 item = item->li_next; 1280 if (arg == NULL) 1281 return FAIL; 1282 1283 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1284 if (*arg == ';') 1285 { 1286 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1287 * Create a new list for this. */ 1288 l = list_alloc(); 1289 if (l == NULL) 1290 return FAIL; 1291 while (item != NULL) 1292 { 1293 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1294 item = item->li_next; 1295 } 1296 1297 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1298 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1299 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1300 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1301 1302 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1303 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1304 clear_tv(<v); 1305 if (arg == NULL) 1306 return FAIL; 1307 break; 1308 } 1309 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1310 { 1311 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ex_let_vars()"); 1312 return FAIL; 1313 } 1314 } 1315 1316 return OK; 1317 } 1318 1319 /* 1320 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1321 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1322 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1323 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1324 * Return NULL for an error. 1325 */ 1326 static char_u * 1327 skip_var_list( 1328 char_u *arg, 1329 int *var_count, 1330 int *semicolon) 1331 { 1332 char_u *p, *s; 1333 1334 if (*arg == '[') 1335 { 1336 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1337 p = arg; 1338 for (;;) 1339 { 1340 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1341 s = skip_var_one(p); 1342 if (s == p) 1343 { 1344 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1345 return NULL; 1346 } 1347 ++*var_count; 1348 1349 p = skipwhite(s); 1350 if (*p == ']') 1351 break; 1352 else if (*p == ';') 1353 { 1354 if (*semicolon == 1) 1355 { 1356 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1357 return NULL; 1358 } 1359 *semicolon = 1; 1360 } 1361 else if (*p != ',') 1362 { 1363 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1364 return NULL; 1365 } 1366 } 1367 return p + 1; 1368 } 1369 else 1370 return skip_var_one(arg); 1371 } 1372 1373 /* 1374 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1375 * l[idx]. 1376 */ 1377 static char_u * 1378 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1379 { 1380 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1381 return arg + 2; 1382 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1383 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1384 } 1385 1386 /* 1387 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1388 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1389 */ 1390 void 1391 list_hashtable_vars( 1392 hashtab_T *ht, 1393 char_u *prefix, 1394 int empty, 1395 int *first) 1396 { 1397 hashitem_T *hi; 1398 dictitem_T *di; 1399 int todo; 1400 1401 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1402 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1403 { 1404 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1405 { 1406 --todo; 1407 di = HI2DI(hi); 1408 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1409 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1410 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1411 } 1412 } 1413 } 1414 1415 /* 1416 * List global variables. 1417 */ 1418 static void 1419 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1420 { 1421 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1422 } 1423 1424 /* 1425 * List buffer variables. 1426 */ 1427 static void 1428 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1429 { 1430 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1431 1432 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1433 TRUE, first); 1434 1435 sprintf((char *)numbuf, "%ld", (long)curbuf->b_changedtick); 1436 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"b:", (char_u *)"changedtick", VAR_NUMBER, 1437 numbuf, first); 1438 } 1439 1440 /* 1441 * List window variables. 1442 */ 1443 static void 1444 list_win_vars(int *first) 1445 { 1446 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1447 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1448 } 1449 1450 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1451 /* 1452 * List tab page variables. 1453 */ 1454 static void 1455 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1456 { 1457 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1458 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1459 } 1460 #endif 1461 1462 /* 1463 * List Vim variables. 1464 */ 1465 static void 1466 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1467 { 1468 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1469 } 1470 1471 /* 1472 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1473 */ 1474 static void 1475 list_script_vars(int *first) 1476 { 1477 if (current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1478 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID), 1479 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1480 } 1481 1482 /* 1483 * List variables in "arg". 1484 */ 1485 static char_u * 1486 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1487 { 1488 int error = FALSE; 1489 int len; 1490 char_u *name; 1491 char_u *name_start; 1492 char_u *arg_subsc; 1493 char_u *tofree; 1494 typval_T tv; 1495 1496 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1497 { 1498 if (error || eap->skip) 1499 { 1500 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1501 if (!vim_iswhite(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1502 { 1503 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1504 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1505 break; 1506 } 1507 } 1508 else 1509 { 1510 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1511 name_start = name = arg; 1512 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1513 if (len <= 0) 1514 { 1515 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1516 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1517 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1518 { 1519 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1520 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1521 break; 1522 } 1523 error = TRUE; 1524 } 1525 else 1526 { 1527 if (tofree != NULL) 1528 name = tofree; 1529 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1530 error = TRUE; 1531 else 1532 { 1533 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1534 arg_subsc = arg; 1535 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1536 error = TRUE; 1537 else 1538 { 1539 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1540 { 1541 switch (*name) 1542 { 1543 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1544 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1545 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1546 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1547 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1548 #endif 1549 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1550 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1551 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1552 default: 1553 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1554 } 1555 } 1556 else 1557 { 1558 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1559 char_u *tf; 1560 int c; 1561 char_u *s; 1562 1563 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1564 c = *arg; 1565 *arg = NUL; 1566 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1567 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1568 tv.v_type, 1569 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1570 first); 1571 *arg = c; 1572 vim_free(tf); 1573 } 1574 clear_tv(&tv); 1575 } 1576 } 1577 } 1578 1579 vim_free(tofree); 1580 } 1581 1582 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1583 } 1584 1585 return arg; 1586 } 1587 1588 /* 1589 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1590 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1591 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1592 */ 1593 static char_u * 1594 ex_let_one( 1595 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1596 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1597 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1598 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1599 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1600 { 1601 int c1; 1602 char_u *name; 1603 char_u *p; 1604 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1605 int len; 1606 int opt_flags; 1607 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1608 1609 /* 1610 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1611 */ 1612 if (*arg == '$') 1613 { 1614 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1615 ++arg; 1616 name = arg; 1617 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1618 if (len == 0) 1619 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1620 else 1621 { 1622 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1623 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1624 else if (endchars != NULL 1625 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1626 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1627 else if (!check_secure()) 1628 { 1629 c1 = name[len]; 1630 name[len] = NUL; 1631 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1632 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1633 { 1634 int mustfree = FALSE; 1635 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1636 1637 if (s != NULL) 1638 { 1639 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1640 if (mustfree) 1641 vim_free(s); 1642 } 1643 } 1644 if (p != NULL) 1645 { 1646 vim_setenv(name, p); 1647 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1648 init_homedir(); 1649 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1650 didset_vim = FALSE; 1651 else if (didset_vimruntime 1652 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1653 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1654 arg_end = arg; 1655 } 1656 name[len] = c1; 1657 vim_free(tofree); 1658 } 1659 } 1660 } 1661 1662 /* 1663 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1664 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1665 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1666 */ 1667 else if (*arg == '&') 1668 { 1669 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1670 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1671 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1672 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1673 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1674 else 1675 { 1676 long n; 1677 int opt_type; 1678 long numval; 1679 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1680 char_u *s; 1681 1682 c1 = *p; 1683 *p = NUL; 1684 1685 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1686 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1687 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1688 { 1689 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1690 &stringval, opt_flags); 1691 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1692 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1693 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1694 else 1695 { 1696 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1697 { 1698 if (*op == '+') 1699 n = numval + n; 1700 else 1701 n = numval - n; 1702 } 1703 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1704 { 1705 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1706 vim_free(stringval); 1707 stringval = s; 1708 } 1709 } 1710 } 1711 if (s != NULL) 1712 { 1713 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1714 arg_end = p; 1715 } 1716 *p = c1; 1717 vim_free(stringval); 1718 } 1719 } 1720 1721 /* 1722 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1723 */ 1724 else if (*arg == '@') 1725 { 1726 ++arg; 1727 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1728 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1729 else if (endchars != NULL 1730 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1731 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1732 else 1733 { 1734 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1735 char_u *s; 1736 1737 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1738 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1739 { 1740 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1741 if (s != NULL) 1742 { 1743 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1744 vim_free(s); 1745 } 1746 } 1747 if (p != NULL) 1748 { 1749 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1750 arg_end = arg + 1; 1751 } 1752 vim_free(ptofree); 1753 } 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1758 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1759 */ 1760 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1761 { 1762 lval_T lv; 1763 1764 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1765 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1766 { 1767 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1768 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1769 else 1770 { 1771 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1772 arg_end = p; 1773 } 1774 } 1775 clear_lval(&lv); 1776 } 1777 1778 else 1779 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1780 1781 return arg_end; 1782 } 1783 1784 /* 1785 * If "arg" is equal to "b:changedtick" give an error and return TRUE. 1786 */ 1787 int 1788 check_changedtick(char_u *arg) 1789 { 1790 if (STRNCMP(arg, "b:changedtick", 13) == 0 && !eval_isnamec(arg[13])) 1791 { 1792 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), arg); 1793 return TRUE; 1794 } 1795 return FALSE; 1796 } 1797 1798 /* 1799 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1800 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1801 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1802 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1803 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1804 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1805 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1806 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1807 * 1808 * flags: 1809 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1810 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1811 * 1812 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1813 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1814 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1815 */ 1816 char_u * 1817 get_lval( 1818 char_u *name, 1819 typval_T *rettv, 1820 lval_T *lp, 1821 int unlet, 1822 int skip, 1823 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1824 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1825 { 1826 char_u *p; 1827 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1828 int cc; 1829 dictitem_T *v; 1830 typval_T var1; 1831 typval_T var2; 1832 int empty1 = FALSE; 1833 listitem_T *ni; 1834 char_u *key = NULL; 1835 int len; 1836 hashtab_T *ht; 1837 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1838 1839 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1840 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1841 1842 if (skip) 1843 { 1844 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1845 lp->ll_name = name; 1846 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1847 } 1848 1849 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1850 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1851 if (expr_start != NULL) 1852 { 1853 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1854 if (unlet && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1855 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1856 { 1857 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1858 return NULL; 1859 } 1860 1861 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1862 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1863 { 1864 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1865 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1866 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1867 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1868 { 1869 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1870 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1871 return NULL; 1872 } 1873 } 1874 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1875 } 1876 else 1877 lp->ll_name = name; 1878 1879 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1880 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1881 return p; 1882 1883 cc = *p; 1884 *p = NUL; 1885 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, &ht, flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1886 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1887 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1888 *p = cc; 1889 if (v == NULL) 1890 return NULL; 1891 1892 /* 1893 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1894 */ 1895 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1896 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1897 { 1898 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1899 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1900 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1901 { 1902 if (!quiet) 1903 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1904 return NULL; 1905 } 1906 if (lp->ll_range) 1907 { 1908 if (!quiet) 1909 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1910 return NULL; 1911 } 1912 1913 len = -1; 1914 if (*p == '.') 1915 { 1916 key = p + 1; 1917 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1918 ; 1919 if (len == 0) 1920 { 1921 if (!quiet) 1922 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1923 return NULL; 1924 } 1925 p = key + len; 1926 } 1927 else 1928 { 1929 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1930 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1931 if (*p == ':') 1932 empty1 = TRUE; 1933 else 1934 { 1935 empty1 = FALSE; 1936 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1937 return NULL; 1938 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1939 { 1940 /* not a number or string */ 1941 clear_tv(&var1); 1942 return NULL; 1943 } 1944 } 1945 1946 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1947 if (*p == ':') 1948 { 1949 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1950 { 1951 if (!quiet) 1952 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1953 if (!empty1) 1954 clear_tv(&var1); 1955 return NULL; 1956 } 1957 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1958 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1959 { 1960 if (!quiet) 1961 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1962 if (!empty1) 1963 clear_tv(&var1); 1964 return NULL; 1965 } 1966 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1967 if (*p == ']') 1968 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1969 else 1970 { 1971 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 1972 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1973 { 1974 if (!empty1) 1975 clear_tv(&var1); 1976 return NULL; 1977 } 1978 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 1979 { 1980 /* not a number or string */ 1981 if (!empty1) 1982 clear_tv(&var1); 1983 clear_tv(&var2); 1984 return NULL; 1985 } 1986 } 1987 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 1988 } 1989 else 1990 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 1991 1992 if (*p != ']') 1993 { 1994 if (!quiet) 1995 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 1996 if (!empty1) 1997 clear_tv(&var1); 1998 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 1999 clear_tv(&var2); 2000 return NULL; 2001 } 2002 2003 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2004 ++p; 2005 } 2006 2007 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2008 { 2009 if (len == -1) 2010 { 2011 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2012 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2013 if (key == NULL) 2014 { 2015 clear_tv(&var1); 2016 return NULL; 2017 } 2018 } 2019 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2020 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2021 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2022 2023 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2024 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2025 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2026 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2027 { 2028 int prevval; 2029 int wrong; 2030 2031 if (len != -1) 2032 { 2033 prevval = key[len]; 2034 key[len] = NUL; 2035 } 2036 else 2037 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2038 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2039 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2040 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2041 || !valid_varname(key); 2042 if (len != -1) 2043 key[len] = prevval; 2044 if (wrong) 2045 return NULL; 2046 } 2047 2048 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2049 { 2050 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2051 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2052 { 2053 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2054 return NULL; 2055 } 2056 2057 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2058 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2059 { 2060 if (!quiet) 2061 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2062 if (len == -1) 2063 clear_tv(&var1); 2064 return NULL; 2065 } 2066 if (len == -1) 2067 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2068 else 2069 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2070 if (len == -1) 2071 clear_tv(&var1); 2072 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2073 p = NULL; 2074 break; 2075 } 2076 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2077 else if (var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2078 return NULL; 2079 2080 if (len == -1) 2081 clear_tv(&var1); 2082 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2083 } 2084 else 2085 { 2086 /* 2087 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2088 */ 2089 if (empty1) 2090 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2091 else 2092 { 2093 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2094 /* is number or string */ 2095 clear_tv(&var1); 2096 } 2097 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2098 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2099 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2100 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2101 { 2102 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2103 { 2104 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2105 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2106 } 2107 } 2108 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2109 { 2110 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2111 clear_tv(&var2); 2112 if (!quiet) 2113 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2114 return NULL; 2115 } 2116 2117 /* 2118 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2119 * index of a range. 2120 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2121 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2122 */ 2123 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2124 { 2125 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2126 /* is number or string */ 2127 clear_tv(&var2); 2128 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2129 { 2130 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2131 if (ni == NULL) 2132 { 2133 if (!quiet) 2134 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2135 return NULL; 2136 } 2137 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2138 } 2139 2140 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2141 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2142 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2143 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2144 { 2145 if (!quiet) 2146 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2147 return NULL; 2148 } 2149 } 2150 2151 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2152 } 2153 } 2154 2155 return p; 2156 } 2157 2158 /* 2159 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2160 */ 2161 void 2162 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2163 { 2164 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2165 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2166 } 2167 2168 /* 2169 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2170 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2171 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2172 */ 2173 static void 2174 set_var_lval( 2175 lval_T *lp, 2176 char_u *endp, 2177 typval_T *rettv, 2178 int copy, 2179 char_u *op) 2180 { 2181 int cc; 2182 listitem_T *ri; 2183 dictitem_T *di; 2184 2185 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2186 { 2187 if (!check_changedtick(lp->ll_name)) 2188 { 2189 cc = *endp; 2190 *endp = NUL; 2191 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2192 { 2193 typval_T tv; 2194 2195 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2196 di = NULL; 2197 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2198 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2199 { 2200 if ((di == NULL 2201 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2202 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2203 FALSE))) 2204 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2205 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2206 clear_tv(&tv); 2207 } 2208 } 2209 else 2210 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2211 *endp = cc; 2212 } 2213 } 2214 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2215 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2216 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2217 ; 2218 else if (lp->ll_range) 2219 { 2220 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2221 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2222 2223 /* 2224 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2225 */ 2226 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2227 { 2228 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2229 return; 2230 ri = ri->li_next; 2231 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2232 break; 2233 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2234 ++ll_n1; 2235 } 2236 2237 /* 2238 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2239 */ 2240 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2241 { 2242 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2243 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2244 else 2245 { 2246 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2247 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2248 } 2249 ri = ri->li_next; 2250 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2251 break; 2252 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2253 { 2254 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2255 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2256 { 2257 ri = NULL; 2258 break; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2262 ++lp->ll_n1; 2263 } 2264 if (ri != NULL) 2265 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2266 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2267 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2268 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2269 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2270 } 2271 else 2272 { 2273 /* 2274 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2275 */ 2276 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2277 { 2278 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2279 { 2280 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2281 return; 2282 } 2283 2284 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2285 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2286 if (di == NULL) 2287 return; 2288 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2289 { 2290 vim_free(di); 2291 return; 2292 } 2293 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2294 } 2295 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2296 { 2297 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2298 return; 2299 } 2300 else 2301 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2302 2303 /* 2304 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2305 */ 2306 if (copy) 2307 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2308 else 2309 { 2310 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2311 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2312 init_tv(rettv); 2313 } 2314 } 2315 } 2316 2317 /* 2318 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2319 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2320 */ 2321 static int 2322 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2323 { 2324 varnumber_T n; 2325 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2326 char_u *s; 2327 2328 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2329 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2330 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2331 { 2332 switch (tv1->v_type) 2333 { 2334 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2335 case VAR_DICT: 2336 case VAR_FUNC: 2337 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2338 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2339 case VAR_JOB: 2340 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2341 break; 2342 2343 case VAR_LIST: 2344 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2345 break; 2346 /* List += List */ 2347 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2348 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2349 return OK; 2350 2351 case VAR_NUMBER: 2352 case VAR_STRING: 2353 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2354 break; 2355 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2356 { 2357 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2358 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2359 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2360 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2361 { 2362 float_T f = n; 2363 2364 if (*op == '+') 2365 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2366 else 2367 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2368 clear_tv(tv1); 2369 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2370 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2371 } 2372 else 2373 #endif 2374 { 2375 if (*op == '+') 2376 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2377 else 2378 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2379 clear_tv(tv1); 2380 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2381 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2382 } 2383 } 2384 else 2385 { 2386 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2387 break; 2388 2389 /* str .= str */ 2390 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2391 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2392 clear_tv(tv1); 2393 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2394 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2395 } 2396 return OK; 2397 2398 case VAR_FLOAT: 2399 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2400 { 2401 float_T f; 2402 2403 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2404 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2405 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2406 break; 2407 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2408 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2409 else 2410 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2411 if (*op == '+') 2412 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2413 else 2414 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2415 } 2416 #endif 2417 return OK; 2418 } 2419 } 2420 2421 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2422 return FAIL; 2423 } 2424 2425 /* 2426 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2427 * "arg" points to "var". 2428 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2429 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2430 */ 2431 void * 2432 eval_for_line( 2433 char_u *arg, 2434 int *errp, 2435 char_u **nextcmdp, 2436 int skip) 2437 { 2438 forinfo_T *fi; 2439 char_u *expr; 2440 typval_T tv; 2441 list_T *l; 2442 2443 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2444 2445 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2446 if (fi == NULL) 2447 return NULL; 2448 2449 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2450 if (expr == NULL) 2451 return fi; 2452 2453 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2454 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !vim_iswhite(expr[2])) 2455 { 2456 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2457 return fi; 2458 } 2459 2460 if (skip) 2461 ++emsg_skip; 2462 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2463 { 2464 *errp = FALSE; 2465 if (!skip) 2466 { 2467 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2468 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2469 { 2470 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2471 clear_tv(&tv); 2472 } 2473 else if (l == NULL) 2474 { 2475 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2476 clear_tv(&tv); 2477 } 2478 else 2479 { 2480 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2481 * list being used in "tv". */ 2482 fi->fi_list = l; 2483 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2484 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2485 } 2486 } 2487 } 2488 if (skip) 2489 --emsg_skip; 2490 2491 return fi; 2492 } 2493 2494 /* 2495 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2496 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2497 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2498 * something wrong. 2499 */ 2500 int 2501 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2502 { 2503 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2504 int result; 2505 listitem_T *item; 2506 2507 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2508 if (item == NULL) 2509 result = FALSE; 2510 else 2511 { 2512 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2513 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2514 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2515 } 2516 return result; 2517 } 2518 2519 /* 2520 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2521 */ 2522 void 2523 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2524 { 2525 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2526 2527 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2528 { 2529 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2530 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2531 } 2532 vim_free(fi); 2533 } 2534 2535 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2536 2537 void 2538 set_context_for_expression( 2539 expand_T *xp, 2540 char_u *arg, 2541 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2542 { 2543 int got_eq = FALSE; 2544 int c; 2545 char_u *p; 2546 2547 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2548 { 2549 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2550 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2551 { 2552 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2553 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2554 { 2555 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2556 mb_ptr_back(arg, p); 2557 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) 2558 break; 2559 } 2560 return; 2561 } 2562 } 2563 else 2564 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2565 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2566 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2567 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2568 { 2569 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2570 if (c == '&') 2571 { 2572 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2573 if (c == '&') 2574 { 2575 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2576 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2577 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2578 } 2579 else if (c != ' ') 2580 { 2581 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2582 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2583 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2584 2585 } 2586 } 2587 else if (c == '$') 2588 { 2589 /* environment variable */ 2590 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2591 } 2592 else if (c == '=') 2593 { 2594 got_eq = TRUE; 2595 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2596 } 2597 else if (c == '#' 2598 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2599 { 2600 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2601 break; 2602 } 2603 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2604 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2605 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2606 { 2607 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2608 break; 2609 } 2610 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2611 { 2612 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2613 { 2614 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2615 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2616 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2617 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2618 } 2619 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2620 { 2621 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2622 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2623 /* skip */ ; 2624 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2625 } 2626 else if (c == '|') 2627 { 2628 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2629 { 2630 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2631 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2632 } 2633 else 2634 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2635 } 2636 else 2637 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2638 } 2639 else 2640 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2641 * anyway. */ 2642 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2643 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2644 if (*arg != NUL) 2645 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2646 /* skip */ ; 2647 } 2648 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2649 } 2650 2651 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2652 2653 /* 2654 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2655 */ 2656 void 2657 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2658 { 2659 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2660 } 2661 2662 /* 2663 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2664 */ 2665 void 2666 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2667 { 2668 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2669 int deep = 2; 2670 2671 if (eap->forceit) 2672 deep = -1; 2673 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2674 { 2675 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2676 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2677 } 2678 2679 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2680 } 2681 2682 /* 2683 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2684 */ 2685 static void 2686 ex_unletlock( 2687 exarg_T *eap, 2688 char_u *argstart, 2689 int deep) 2690 { 2691 char_u *arg = argstart; 2692 char_u *name_end; 2693 int error = FALSE; 2694 lval_T lv; 2695 2696 do 2697 { 2698 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2699 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2700 FNE_CHECK_START); 2701 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2702 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2703 if (name_end == NULL || (!vim_iswhite(*name_end) 2704 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2705 { 2706 if (name_end != NULL) 2707 { 2708 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2709 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2710 } 2711 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2712 clear_lval(&lv); 2713 break; 2714 } 2715 2716 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2717 { 2718 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2719 { 2720 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2721 error = TRUE; 2722 } 2723 else 2724 { 2725 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2726 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2727 error = TRUE; 2728 } 2729 } 2730 2731 if (!eap->skip) 2732 clear_lval(&lv); 2733 2734 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2735 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2736 2737 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2738 } 2739 2740 static int 2741 do_unlet_var( 2742 lval_T *lp, 2743 char_u *name_end, 2744 int forceit) 2745 { 2746 int ret = OK; 2747 int cc; 2748 2749 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2750 { 2751 cc = *name_end; 2752 *name_end = NUL; 2753 2754 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2755 if (check_changedtick(lp->ll_name)) 2756 ret = FAIL; 2757 else if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2758 ret = FAIL; 2759 *name_end = cc; 2760 } 2761 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2762 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2763 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2764 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2765 return FAIL; 2766 else if (lp->ll_range) 2767 { 2768 listitem_T *li; 2769 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2770 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2771 2772 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2773 { 2774 li = ll_li->li_next; 2775 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2776 return FAIL; 2777 ll_li = li; 2778 ++ll_n1; 2779 } 2780 2781 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2782 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2783 { 2784 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2785 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2786 lp->ll_li = li; 2787 ++lp->ll_n1; 2788 } 2789 } 2790 else 2791 { 2792 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2793 /* unlet a List item. */ 2794 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2795 else 2796 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2797 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2798 } 2799 2800 return ret; 2801 } 2802 2803 /* 2804 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2805 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2806 */ 2807 int 2808 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2809 { 2810 hashtab_T *ht; 2811 hashitem_T *hi; 2812 char_u *varname; 2813 dict_T *d; 2814 dictitem_T *di; 2815 2816 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2817 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2818 { 2819 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2820 if (d == NULL) 2821 { 2822 if (ht == &globvarht) 2823 d = &globvardict; 2824 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2825 d = &vimvardict; 2826 else 2827 { 2828 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2829 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2830 } 2831 if (d == NULL) 2832 { 2833 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "do_unlet()"); 2834 return FAIL; 2835 } 2836 } 2837 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2838 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2839 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2840 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2841 { 2842 di = HI2DI(hi); 2843 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2844 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2845 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2846 return FAIL; 2847 2848 delete_var(ht, hi); 2849 return OK; 2850 } 2851 } 2852 if (forceit) 2853 return OK; 2854 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2855 return FAIL; 2856 } 2857 2858 /* 2859 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2860 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2861 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2862 */ 2863 static int 2864 do_lock_var( 2865 lval_T *lp, 2866 char_u *name_end, 2867 int deep, 2868 int lock) 2869 { 2870 int ret = OK; 2871 int cc; 2872 dictitem_T *di; 2873 2874 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2875 return OK; 2876 2877 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2878 { 2879 cc = *name_end; 2880 *name_end = NUL; 2881 2882 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2883 if (check_changedtick(lp->ll_name)) 2884 ret = FAIL; 2885 else 2886 { 2887 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2888 if (di == NULL) 2889 ret = FAIL; 2890 else 2891 { 2892 if (lock) 2893 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2894 else 2895 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2896 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2897 } 2898 } 2899 *name_end = cc; 2900 } 2901 else if (lp->ll_range) 2902 { 2903 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2904 2905 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2906 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2907 { 2908 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2909 li = li->li_next; 2910 ++lp->ll_n1; 2911 } 2912 } 2913 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2914 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2915 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2916 else 2917 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2918 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2919 2920 return ret; 2921 } 2922 2923 /* 2924 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2925 */ 2926 static void 2927 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2928 { 2929 static int recurse = 0; 2930 list_T *l; 2931 listitem_T *li; 2932 dict_T *d; 2933 hashitem_T *hi; 2934 int todo; 2935 2936 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2937 { 2938 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2939 return; 2940 } 2941 if (deep == 0) 2942 return; 2943 ++recurse; 2944 2945 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2946 if (lock) 2947 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2948 else 2949 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2950 2951 switch (tv->v_type) 2952 { 2953 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2954 case VAR_NUMBER: 2955 case VAR_STRING: 2956 case VAR_FUNC: 2957 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2958 case VAR_FLOAT: 2959 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2960 case VAR_JOB: 2961 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2962 break; 2963 2964 case VAR_LIST: 2965 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 2966 { 2967 if (lock) 2968 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2969 else 2970 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2971 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2972 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2973 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 2974 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2975 } 2976 break; 2977 case VAR_DICT: 2978 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 2979 { 2980 if (lock) 2981 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2982 else 2983 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2984 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2985 { 2986 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2987 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 2988 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 2989 { 2990 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2991 { 2992 --todo; 2993 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 } 2997 } 2998 } 2999 --recurse; 3000 } 3001 3002 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3003 /* 3004 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3005 */ 3006 void 3007 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3008 { 3009 hashitem_T *hi; 3010 int todo; 3011 3012 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3013 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3014 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3015 { 3016 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3017 { 3018 --todo; 3019 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3020 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3021 } 3022 } 3023 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3024 } 3025 #endif 3026 3027 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3028 3029 /* 3030 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3031 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3032 * get_user_var_name(). 3033 */ 3034 3035 static char_u *cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name); 3036 3037 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3038 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3039 3040 /* 3041 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3042 */ 3043 static char_u * 3044 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3045 { 3046 int len; 3047 3048 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3049 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3050 { 3051 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3052 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3053 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3054 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3055 { 3056 varnamebuflen = 0; 3057 return NULL; 3058 } 3059 varnamebuflen = len; 3060 } 3061 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3062 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3063 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3064 return varnamebuf; 3065 } 3066 3067 /* 3068 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3069 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3070 */ 3071 char_u * 3072 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3073 { 3074 static long_u gdone; 3075 static long_u bdone; 3076 static long_u wdone; 3077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3078 static long_u tdone; 3079 #endif 3080 static int vidx; 3081 static hashitem_T *hi; 3082 hashtab_T *ht; 3083 3084 if (idx == 0) 3085 { 3086 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3087 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3088 tdone = 0; 3089 #endif 3090 } 3091 3092 /* Global variables */ 3093 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3094 { 3095 if (gdone++ == 0) 3096 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3097 else 3098 ++hi; 3099 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3100 ++hi; 3101 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3102 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3103 return hi->hi_key; 3104 } 3105 3106 /* b: variables */ 3107 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3108 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3109 { 3110 if (bdone++ == 0) 3111 hi = ht->ht_array; 3112 else 3113 ++hi; 3114 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3115 ++hi; 3116 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3117 } 3118 if (bdone == ht->ht_used) 3119 { 3120 ++bdone; 3121 return (char_u *)"b:changedtick"; 3122 } 3123 3124 /* w: variables */ 3125 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3126 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3127 { 3128 if (wdone++ == 0) 3129 hi = ht->ht_array; 3130 else 3131 ++hi; 3132 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3133 ++hi; 3134 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3135 } 3136 3137 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3138 /* t: variables */ 3139 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3140 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3141 { 3142 if (tdone++ == 0) 3143 hi = ht->ht_array; 3144 else 3145 ++hi; 3146 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3147 ++hi; 3148 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3149 } 3150 #endif 3151 3152 /* v: variables */ 3153 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3154 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3155 3156 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3157 varnamebuf = NULL; 3158 varnamebuflen = 0; 3159 return NULL; 3160 } 3161 3162 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3163 3164 /* 3165 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3166 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3167 */ 3168 static int 3169 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3170 { 3171 int matches = FALSE; 3172 char_u *save_cpo; 3173 regmatch_T regmatch; 3174 3175 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3176 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3177 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3178 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3179 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3180 { 3181 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3182 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3183 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3184 } 3185 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3186 return matches; 3187 } 3188 3189 /* 3190 * types for expressions. 3191 */ 3192 typedef enum 3193 { 3194 TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0 3195 , TYPE_EQUAL /* == */ 3196 , TYPE_NEQUAL /* != */ 3197 , TYPE_GREATER /* > */ 3198 , TYPE_GEQUAL /* >= */ 3199 , TYPE_SMALLER /* < */ 3200 , TYPE_SEQUAL /* <= */ 3201 , TYPE_MATCH /* =~ */ 3202 , TYPE_NOMATCH /* !~ */ 3203 } exptype_T; 3204 3205 /* 3206 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3207 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3208 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3209 */ 3210 3211 /* 3212 * Handle zero level expression. 3213 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3214 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3215 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3216 * Return OK or FAIL. 3217 */ 3218 int 3219 eval0( 3220 char_u *arg, 3221 typval_T *rettv, 3222 char_u **nextcmd, 3223 int evaluate) 3224 { 3225 int ret; 3226 char_u *p; 3227 3228 p = skipwhite(arg); 3229 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3230 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3231 { 3232 if (ret != FAIL) 3233 clear_tv(rettv); 3234 /* 3235 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3236 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3237 * exception. 3238 */ 3239 if (!aborting()) 3240 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3241 ret = FAIL; 3242 } 3243 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3244 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3245 3246 return ret; 3247 } 3248 3249 /* 3250 * Handle top level expression: 3251 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3252 * 3253 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3254 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3255 * 3256 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3257 * 3258 * Return OK or FAIL. 3259 */ 3260 int 3261 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3262 { 3263 int result; 3264 typval_T var2; 3265 3266 /* 3267 * Get the first variable. 3268 */ 3269 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3270 return FAIL; 3271 3272 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3273 { 3274 result = FALSE; 3275 if (evaluate) 3276 { 3277 int error = FALSE; 3278 3279 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3280 result = TRUE; 3281 clear_tv(rettv); 3282 if (error) 3283 return FAIL; 3284 } 3285 3286 /* 3287 * Get the second variable. 3288 */ 3289 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3290 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3291 return FAIL; 3292 3293 /* 3294 * Check for the ":". 3295 */ 3296 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3297 { 3298 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3299 if (evaluate && result) 3300 clear_tv(rettv); 3301 return FAIL; 3302 } 3303 3304 /* 3305 * Get the third variable. 3306 */ 3307 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3308 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3309 { 3310 if (evaluate && result) 3311 clear_tv(rettv); 3312 return FAIL; 3313 } 3314 if (evaluate && !result) 3315 *rettv = var2; 3316 } 3317 3318 return OK; 3319 } 3320 3321 /* 3322 * Handle first level expression: 3323 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3324 * 3325 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3326 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3327 * 3328 * Return OK or FAIL. 3329 */ 3330 static int 3331 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3332 { 3333 typval_T var2; 3334 long result; 3335 int first; 3336 int error = FALSE; 3337 3338 /* 3339 * Get the first variable. 3340 */ 3341 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3342 return FAIL; 3343 3344 /* 3345 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3346 */ 3347 first = TRUE; 3348 result = FALSE; 3349 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3350 { 3351 if (evaluate && first) 3352 { 3353 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3354 result = TRUE; 3355 clear_tv(rettv); 3356 if (error) 3357 return FAIL; 3358 first = FALSE; 3359 } 3360 3361 /* 3362 * Get the second variable. 3363 */ 3364 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3365 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3366 return FAIL; 3367 3368 /* 3369 * Compute the result. 3370 */ 3371 if (evaluate && !result) 3372 { 3373 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3374 result = TRUE; 3375 clear_tv(&var2); 3376 if (error) 3377 return FAIL; 3378 } 3379 if (evaluate) 3380 { 3381 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3382 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3383 } 3384 } 3385 3386 return OK; 3387 } 3388 3389 /* 3390 * Handle second level expression: 3391 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3392 * 3393 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3394 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3395 * 3396 * Return OK or FAIL. 3397 */ 3398 static int 3399 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3400 { 3401 typval_T var2; 3402 long result; 3403 int first; 3404 int error = FALSE; 3405 3406 /* 3407 * Get the first variable. 3408 */ 3409 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3410 return FAIL; 3411 3412 /* 3413 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3414 */ 3415 first = TRUE; 3416 result = TRUE; 3417 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3418 { 3419 if (evaluate && first) 3420 { 3421 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3422 result = FALSE; 3423 clear_tv(rettv); 3424 if (error) 3425 return FAIL; 3426 first = FALSE; 3427 } 3428 3429 /* 3430 * Get the second variable. 3431 */ 3432 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3433 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3434 return FAIL; 3435 3436 /* 3437 * Compute the result. 3438 */ 3439 if (evaluate && result) 3440 { 3441 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3442 result = FALSE; 3443 clear_tv(&var2); 3444 if (error) 3445 return FAIL; 3446 } 3447 if (evaluate) 3448 { 3449 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3450 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3451 } 3452 } 3453 3454 return OK; 3455 } 3456 3457 /* 3458 * Handle third level expression: 3459 * var1 == var2 3460 * var1 =~ var2 3461 * var1 != var2 3462 * var1 !~ var2 3463 * var1 > var2 3464 * var1 >= var2 3465 * var1 < var2 3466 * var1 <= var2 3467 * var1 is var2 3468 * var1 isnot var2 3469 * 3470 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3471 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3472 * 3473 * Return OK or FAIL. 3474 */ 3475 static int 3476 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3477 { 3478 typval_T var2; 3479 char_u *p; 3480 int i; 3481 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3482 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3483 int len = 2; 3484 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3485 char_u *s1, *s2; 3486 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3487 int ic; 3488 3489 /* 3490 * Get the first variable. 3491 */ 3492 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3493 return FAIL; 3494 3495 p = *arg; 3496 switch (p[0]) 3497 { 3498 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3499 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3500 else if (p[1] == '~') 3501 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3502 break; 3503 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3504 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3505 else if (p[1] == '~') 3506 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3507 break; 3508 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3509 { 3510 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3511 len = 1; 3512 } 3513 else 3514 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3515 break; 3516 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3517 { 3518 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3519 len = 1; 3520 } 3521 else 3522 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3523 break; 3524 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3525 { 3526 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3527 len = 5; 3528 i = p[len]; 3529 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3530 { 3531 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3532 type_is = TRUE; 3533 } 3534 } 3535 break; 3536 } 3537 3538 /* 3539 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3540 */ 3541 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3542 { 3543 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3544 if (p[len] == '?') 3545 { 3546 ic = TRUE; 3547 ++len; 3548 } 3549 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3550 else if (p[len] == '#') 3551 { 3552 ic = FALSE; 3553 ++len; 3554 } 3555 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3556 else 3557 ic = p_ic; 3558 3559 /* 3560 * Get the second variable. 3561 */ 3562 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3563 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3564 { 3565 clear_tv(rettv); 3566 return FAIL; 3567 } 3568 3569 if (evaluate) 3570 { 3571 if (type_is && rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3572 { 3573 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 3574 * it means TRUE. */ 3575 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 3576 } 3577 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST || var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3578 { 3579 if (type_is) 3580 { 3581 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3582 && rettv->vval.v_list == var2.vval.v_list); 3583 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3584 n1 = !n1; 3585 } 3586 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3587 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3588 { 3589 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3590 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 3591 else 3592 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 3593 clear_tv(rettv); 3594 clear_tv(&var2); 3595 return FAIL; 3596 } 3597 else 3598 { 3599 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 3600 n1 = list_equal(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3601 ic, FALSE); 3602 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3603 n1 = !n1; 3604 } 3605 } 3606 3607 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT || var2.v_type == VAR_DICT) 3608 { 3609 if (type_is) 3610 { 3611 n1 = (rettv->v_type == var2.v_type 3612 && rettv->vval.v_dict == var2.vval.v_dict); 3613 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3614 n1 = !n1; 3615 } 3616 else if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type 3617 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 3618 { 3619 if (rettv->v_type != var2.v_type) 3620 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 3621 else 3622 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 3623 clear_tv(rettv); 3624 clear_tv(&var2); 3625 return FAIL; 3626 } 3627 else 3628 { 3629 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 3630 n1 = dict_equal(rettv->vval.v_dict, var2.vval.v_dict, 3631 ic, FALSE); 3632 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3633 n1 = !n1; 3634 } 3635 } 3636 3637 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC 3638 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3639 { 3640 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 3641 { 3642 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 3643 clear_tv(rettv); 3644 clear_tv(&var2); 3645 return FAIL; 3646 } 3647 if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3648 && rettv->vval.v_partial == NULL) 3649 || (var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3650 && var2.vval.v_partial == NULL)) 3651 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 3652 n1 = FALSE; 3653 else if (type_is) 3654 { 3655 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC && var2.v_type == VAR_FUNC) 3656 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 3657 * the same */ 3658 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3659 else if (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 3660 && var2.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 3661 n1 = (rettv->vval.v_partial == var2.vval.v_partial); 3662 else 3663 n1 = FALSE; 3664 } 3665 else 3666 n1 = tv_equal(rettv, &var2, ic, FALSE); 3667 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 3668 n1 = !n1; 3669 } 3670 3671 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3672 /* 3673 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 3674 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3675 */ 3676 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3677 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3678 { 3679 float_T f1, f2; 3680 3681 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3682 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3683 else 3684 f1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3685 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3686 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3687 else 3688 f2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3689 n1 = FALSE; 3690 switch (type) 3691 { 3692 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 3693 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 3694 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 3695 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 3696 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 3697 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 3698 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3699 case TYPE_MATCH: 3700 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3701 } 3702 } 3703 #endif 3704 3705 /* 3706 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 3707 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 3708 */ 3709 else if ((rettv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || var2.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 3710 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3711 { 3712 n1 = get_tv_number(rettv); 3713 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 3714 switch (type) 3715 { 3716 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 3717 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 3718 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 3719 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 3720 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 3721 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 3722 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 3723 case TYPE_MATCH: 3724 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3725 } 3726 } 3727 else 3728 { 3729 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); 3730 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(&var2, buf2); 3731 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 3732 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 3733 else 3734 i = 0; 3735 n1 = FALSE; 3736 switch (type) 3737 { 3738 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 3739 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 3740 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 3741 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 3742 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 3743 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 3744 3745 case TYPE_MATCH: 3746 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 3747 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 3748 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 3749 n1 = !n1; 3750 break; 3751 3752 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 3753 } 3754 } 3755 clear_tv(rettv); 3756 clear_tv(&var2); 3757 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3758 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 return OK; 3763 } 3764 3765 /* 3766 * Handle fourth level expression: 3767 * + number addition 3768 * - number subtraction 3769 * . string concatenation 3770 * 3771 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3772 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3773 * 3774 * Return OK or FAIL. 3775 */ 3776 static int 3777 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3778 { 3779 typval_T var2; 3780 typval_T var3; 3781 int op; 3782 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3783 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3784 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3785 #endif 3786 char_u *s1, *s2; 3787 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3788 char_u *p; 3789 3790 /* 3791 * Get the first variable. 3792 */ 3793 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3794 return FAIL; 3795 3796 /* 3797 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3798 */ 3799 for (;;) 3800 { 3801 op = **arg; 3802 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3803 break; 3804 3805 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3806 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3807 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3808 #endif 3809 ) 3810 { 3811 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3812 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3813 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3814 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3815 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3816 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3817 * side effects after an error. */ 3818 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3819 { 3820 clear_tv(rettv); 3821 return FAIL; 3822 } 3823 } 3824 3825 /* 3826 * Get the second variable. 3827 */ 3828 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3829 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3830 { 3831 clear_tv(rettv); 3832 return FAIL; 3833 } 3834 3835 if (evaluate) 3836 { 3837 /* 3838 * Compute the result. 3839 */ 3840 if (op == '.') 3841 { 3842 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3843 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3844 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3845 { 3846 clear_tv(rettv); 3847 clear_tv(&var2); 3848 return FAIL; 3849 } 3850 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3851 clear_tv(rettv); 3852 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3853 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3854 } 3855 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3856 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3857 { 3858 /* concatenate Lists */ 3859 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3860 &var3) == FAIL) 3861 { 3862 clear_tv(rettv); 3863 clear_tv(&var2); 3864 return FAIL; 3865 } 3866 clear_tv(rettv); 3867 *rettv = var3; 3868 } 3869 else 3870 { 3871 int error = FALSE; 3872 3873 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3874 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3875 { 3876 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3877 n1 = 0; 3878 } 3879 else 3880 #endif 3881 { 3882 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3883 if (error) 3884 { 3885 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3886 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3887 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3888 clear_tv(rettv); 3889 return FAIL; 3890 } 3891 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3892 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3893 f1 = n1; 3894 #endif 3895 } 3896 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3897 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3898 { 3899 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3900 n2 = 0; 3901 } 3902 else 3903 #endif 3904 { 3905 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3906 if (error) 3907 { 3908 clear_tv(rettv); 3909 clear_tv(&var2); 3910 return FAIL; 3911 } 3912 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3913 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3914 f2 = n2; 3915 #endif 3916 } 3917 clear_tv(rettv); 3918 3919 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3920 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3921 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3922 { 3923 if (op == '+') 3924 f1 = f1 + f2; 3925 else 3926 f1 = f1 - f2; 3927 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3928 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3929 } 3930 else 3931 #endif 3932 { 3933 if (op == '+') 3934 n1 = n1 + n2; 3935 else 3936 n1 = n1 - n2; 3937 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3938 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3939 } 3940 } 3941 clear_tv(&var2); 3942 } 3943 } 3944 return OK; 3945 } 3946 3947 /* 3948 * Handle fifth level expression: 3949 * * number multiplication 3950 * / number division 3951 * % number modulo 3952 * 3953 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3954 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3955 * 3956 * Return OK or FAIL. 3957 */ 3958 static int 3959 eval6( 3960 char_u **arg, 3961 typval_T *rettv, 3962 int evaluate, 3963 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3964 { 3965 typval_T var2; 3966 int op; 3967 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3968 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3969 int use_float = FALSE; 3970 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3971 #endif 3972 int error = FALSE; 3973 3974 /* 3975 * Get the first variable. 3976 */ 3977 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3978 return FAIL; 3979 3980 /* 3981 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3982 */ 3983 for (;;) 3984 { 3985 op = **arg; 3986 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3987 break; 3988 3989 if (evaluate) 3990 { 3991 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3992 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3993 { 3994 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3995 use_float = TRUE; 3996 n1 = 0; 3997 } 3998 else 3999 #endif 4000 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4001 clear_tv(rettv); 4002 if (error) 4003 return FAIL; 4004 } 4005 else 4006 n1 = 0; 4007 4008 /* 4009 * Get the second variable. 4010 */ 4011 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4012 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 4013 return FAIL; 4014 4015 if (evaluate) 4016 { 4017 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4018 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4019 { 4020 if (!use_float) 4021 { 4022 f1 = n1; 4023 use_float = TRUE; 4024 } 4025 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 4026 n2 = 0; 4027 } 4028 else 4029 #endif 4030 { 4031 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 4032 clear_tv(&var2); 4033 if (error) 4034 return FAIL; 4035 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4036 if (use_float) 4037 f2 = n2; 4038 #endif 4039 } 4040 4041 /* 4042 * Compute the result. 4043 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 4044 */ 4045 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4046 if (use_float) 4047 { 4048 if (op == '*') 4049 f1 = f1 * f2; 4050 else if (op == '/') 4051 { 4052 # ifdef VMS 4053 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 4054 if (f2 == 0.0) 4055 { 4056 if (f1 == 0) 4057 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4058 else if (f1 < 0) 4059 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 4060 else 4061 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 4062 } 4063 else 4064 f1 = f1 / f2; 4065 # else 4066 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 4067 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 4068 f1 = f1 / f2; 4069 # endif 4070 } 4071 else 4072 { 4073 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 4074 return FAIL; 4075 } 4076 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4077 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 4078 } 4079 else 4080 #endif 4081 { 4082 if (op == '*') 4083 n1 = n1 * n2; 4084 else if (op == '/') 4085 { 4086 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4087 { 4088 #ifdef FEAT_NUM64 4089 if (n1 == 0) 4090 n1 = -0x7fffffffffffffffLL - 1; /* similar to NaN */ 4091 else if (n1 < 0) 4092 n1 = -0x7fffffffffffffffLL; 4093 else 4094 n1 = 0x7fffffffffffffffLL; 4095 #else 4096 if (n1 == 0) 4097 n1 = -0x7fffffffL - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4098 else if (n1 < 0) 4099 n1 = -0x7fffffffL; 4100 else 4101 n1 = 0x7fffffffL; 4102 #endif 4103 } 4104 else 4105 n1 = n1 / n2; 4106 } 4107 else 4108 { 4109 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4110 n1 = 0; 4111 else 4112 n1 = n1 % n2; 4113 } 4114 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4115 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 4116 } 4117 } 4118 } 4119 4120 return OK; 4121 } 4122 4123 /* 4124 * Handle sixth level expression: 4125 * number number constant 4126 * "string" string constant 4127 * 'string' literal string constant 4128 * &option-name option value 4129 * @r register contents 4130 * identifier variable value 4131 * function() function call 4132 * $VAR environment variable 4133 * (expression) nested expression 4134 * [expr, expr] List 4135 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 4136 * 4137 * Also handle: 4138 * ! in front logical NOT 4139 * - in front unary minus 4140 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 4141 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 4142 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 4143 * 4144 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4145 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4146 * 4147 * Return OK or FAIL. 4148 */ 4149 static int 4150 eval7( 4151 char_u **arg, 4152 typval_T *rettv, 4153 int evaluate, 4154 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4155 { 4156 varnumber_T n; 4157 int len; 4158 char_u *s; 4159 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4160 int ret = OK; 4161 char_u *alias; 4162 4163 /* 4164 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4165 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4166 */ 4167 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4168 4169 /* 4170 * Skip '!' and '-' characters. They are handled later. 4171 */ 4172 start_leader = *arg; 4173 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4174 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4175 end_leader = *arg; 4176 4177 switch (**arg) 4178 { 4179 /* 4180 * Number constant. 4181 */ 4182 case '0': 4183 case '1': 4184 case '2': 4185 case '3': 4186 case '4': 4187 case '5': 4188 case '6': 4189 case '7': 4190 case '8': 4191 case '9': 4192 { 4193 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4194 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4195 int get_float = FALSE; 4196 4197 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4198 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4199 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4200 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4201 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4202 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4203 { 4204 get_float = TRUE; 4205 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4206 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4207 { 4208 ++p; 4209 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4210 ++p; 4211 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4212 get_float = FALSE; 4213 else 4214 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4215 } 4216 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4217 get_float = FALSE; 4218 } 4219 if (get_float) 4220 { 4221 float_T f; 4222 4223 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4224 if (evaluate) 4225 { 4226 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4227 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4228 } 4229 } 4230 else 4231 #endif 4232 { 4233 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4234 *arg += len; 4235 if (evaluate) 4236 { 4237 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4238 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4239 } 4240 } 4241 break; 4242 } 4243 4244 /* 4245 * String constant: "string". 4246 */ 4247 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4248 break; 4249 4250 /* 4251 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4252 */ 4253 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4254 break; 4255 4256 /* 4257 * List: [expr, expr] 4258 */ 4259 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4260 break; 4261 4262 /* 4263 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4264 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4265 */ 4266 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4267 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4268 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4269 break; 4270 4271 /* 4272 * Option value: &name 4273 */ 4274 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4275 break; 4276 4277 /* 4278 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4279 */ 4280 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4281 break; 4282 4283 /* 4284 * Register contents: @r. 4285 */ 4286 case '@': ++*arg; 4287 if (evaluate) 4288 { 4289 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4290 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4291 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4292 } 4293 if (**arg != NUL) 4294 ++*arg; 4295 break; 4296 4297 /* 4298 * nested expression: (expression). 4299 */ 4300 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4301 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4302 if (**arg == ')') 4303 ++*arg; 4304 else if (ret == OK) 4305 { 4306 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4307 clear_tv(rettv); 4308 ret = FAIL; 4309 } 4310 break; 4311 4312 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4313 break; 4314 } 4315 4316 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4317 { 4318 /* 4319 * Must be a variable or function name. 4320 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4321 */ 4322 s = *arg; 4323 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4324 if (alias != NULL) 4325 s = alias; 4326 4327 if (len <= 0) 4328 ret = FAIL; 4329 else 4330 { 4331 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4332 { 4333 partial_T *partial; 4334 4335 if (!evaluate) 4336 check_vars(s, len); 4337 4338 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4339 * use its contents. */ 4340 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4341 4342 /* Invoke the function. */ 4343 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4344 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4345 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4346 4347 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4348 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4349 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4350 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4351 { 4352 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4353 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4354 } 4355 4356 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4357 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4358 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4359 if (aborting()) 4360 { 4361 if (ret == OK) 4362 clear_tv(rettv); 4363 ret = FAIL; 4364 } 4365 } 4366 else if (evaluate) 4367 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4368 else 4369 { 4370 check_vars(s, len); 4371 ret = OK; 4372 } 4373 } 4374 vim_free(alias); 4375 } 4376 4377 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4378 4379 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4380 * expr(expr). */ 4381 if (ret == OK) 4382 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4383 4384 /* 4385 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4386 */ 4387 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4388 { 4389 int error = FALSE; 4390 varnumber_T val = 0; 4391 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4392 float_T f = 0.0; 4393 4394 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4395 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4396 else 4397 #endif 4398 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4399 if (error) 4400 { 4401 clear_tv(rettv); 4402 ret = FAIL; 4403 } 4404 else 4405 { 4406 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4407 { 4408 --end_leader; 4409 if (*end_leader == '!') 4410 { 4411 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4412 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4413 f = !f; 4414 else 4415 #endif 4416 val = !val; 4417 } 4418 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4419 { 4420 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4421 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4422 f = -f; 4423 else 4424 #endif 4425 val = -val; 4426 } 4427 } 4428 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4429 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4430 { 4431 clear_tv(rettv); 4432 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4433 } 4434 else 4435 #endif 4436 { 4437 clear_tv(rettv); 4438 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4439 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4440 } 4441 } 4442 } 4443 4444 return ret; 4445 } 4446 4447 /* 4448 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4449 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4450 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4451 */ 4452 static int 4453 eval_index( 4454 char_u **arg, 4455 typval_T *rettv, 4456 int evaluate, 4457 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4458 { 4459 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4460 typval_T var1, var2; 4461 long n1, n2 = 0; 4462 long len = -1; 4463 int range = FALSE; 4464 char_u *s; 4465 char_u *key = NULL; 4466 4467 switch (rettv->v_type) 4468 { 4469 case VAR_FUNC: 4470 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4471 if (verbose) 4472 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4473 return FAIL; 4474 case VAR_FLOAT: 4475 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4476 if (verbose) 4477 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4478 return FAIL; 4479 #endif 4480 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4481 case VAR_JOB: 4482 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4483 if (verbose) 4484 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4485 return FAIL; 4486 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4487 if (evaluate) 4488 return FAIL; 4489 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4490 4491 case VAR_STRING: 4492 case VAR_NUMBER: 4493 case VAR_LIST: 4494 case VAR_DICT: 4495 break; 4496 } 4497 4498 init_tv(&var1); 4499 init_tv(&var2); 4500 if (**arg == '.') 4501 { 4502 /* 4503 * dict.name 4504 */ 4505 key = *arg + 1; 4506 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4507 ; 4508 if (len == 0) 4509 return FAIL; 4510 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4511 } 4512 else 4513 { 4514 /* 4515 * something[idx] 4516 * 4517 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4518 */ 4519 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4520 if (**arg == ':') 4521 empty1 = TRUE; 4522 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4523 return FAIL; 4524 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4525 { 4526 /* not a number or string */ 4527 clear_tv(&var1); 4528 return FAIL; 4529 } 4530 4531 /* 4532 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4533 */ 4534 if (**arg == ':') 4535 { 4536 range = TRUE; 4537 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4538 if (**arg == ']') 4539 empty2 = TRUE; 4540 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4541 { 4542 if (!empty1) 4543 clear_tv(&var1); 4544 return FAIL; 4545 } 4546 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4547 { 4548 /* not a number or string */ 4549 if (!empty1) 4550 clear_tv(&var1); 4551 clear_tv(&var2); 4552 return FAIL; 4553 } 4554 } 4555 4556 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4557 if (**arg != ']') 4558 { 4559 if (verbose) 4560 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4561 clear_tv(&var1); 4562 if (range) 4563 clear_tv(&var2); 4564 return FAIL; 4565 } 4566 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4567 } 4568 4569 if (evaluate) 4570 { 4571 n1 = 0; 4572 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4573 { 4574 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4575 clear_tv(&var1); 4576 } 4577 if (range) 4578 { 4579 if (empty2) 4580 n2 = -1; 4581 else 4582 { 4583 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4584 clear_tv(&var2); 4585 } 4586 } 4587 4588 switch (rettv->v_type) 4589 { 4590 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4591 case VAR_FUNC: 4592 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4593 case VAR_FLOAT: 4594 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4595 case VAR_JOB: 4596 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4597 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4598 4599 case VAR_NUMBER: 4600 case VAR_STRING: 4601 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4602 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4603 if (range) 4604 { 4605 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4606 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4607 if (n1 < 0) 4608 { 4609 n1 = len + n1; 4610 if (n1 < 0) 4611 n1 = 0; 4612 } 4613 if (n2 < 0) 4614 n2 = len + n2; 4615 else if (n2 >= len) 4616 n2 = len; 4617 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4618 s = NULL; 4619 else 4620 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4621 } 4622 else 4623 { 4624 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4625 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4626 * result is empty. */ 4627 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4628 s = NULL; 4629 else 4630 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4631 } 4632 clear_tv(rettv); 4633 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4634 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4635 break; 4636 4637 case VAR_LIST: 4638 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4639 if (n1 < 0) 4640 n1 = len + n1; 4641 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4642 { 4643 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4644 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4645 if (!range) 4646 { 4647 if (verbose) 4648 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4649 return FAIL; 4650 } 4651 n1 = len; 4652 } 4653 if (range) 4654 { 4655 list_T *l; 4656 listitem_T *item; 4657 4658 if (n2 < 0) 4659 n2 = len + n2; 4660 else if (n2 >= len) 4661 n2 = len - 1; 4662 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4663 n2 = -1; 4664 l = list_alloc(); 4665 if (l == NULL) 4666 return FAIL; 4667 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4668 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4669 { 4670 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4671 { 4672 list_free(l); 4673 return FAIL; 4674 } 4675 item = item->li_next; 4676 } 4677 clear_tv(rettv); 4678 rettv->v_type = VAR_LIST; 4679 rettv->vval.v_list = l; 4680 ++l->lv_refcount; 4681 } 4682 else 4683 { 4684 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4685 clear_tv(rettv); 4686 *rettv = var1; 4687 } 4688 break; 4689 4690 case VAR_DICT: 4691 if (range) 4692 { 4693 if (verbose) 4694 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4695 if (len == -1) 4696 clear_tv(&var1); 4697 return FAIL; 4698 } 4699 { 4700 dictitem_T *item; 4701 4702 if (len == -1) 4703 { 4704 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4705 if (key == NULL) 4706 { 4707 clear_tv(&var1); 4708 return FAIL; 4709 } 4710 } 4711 4712 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4713 4714 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4715 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4716 if (len == -1) 4717 clear_tv(&var1); 4718 if (item == NULL) 4719 return FAIL; 4720 4721 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4722 clear_tv(rettv); 4723 *rettv = var1; 4724 } 4725 break; 4726 } 4727 } 4728 4729 return OK; 4730 } 4731 4732 /* 4733 * Get an option value. 4734 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4735 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4736 * Return OK or FAIL. 4737 */ 4738 int 4739 get_option_tv( 4740 char_u **arg, 4741 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4742 int evaluate) 4743 { 4744 char_u *option_end; 4745 long numval; 4746 char_u *stringval; 4747 int opt_type; 4748 int c; 4749 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4750 int ret = OK; 4751 int opt_flags; 4752 4753 /* 4754 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4755 */ 4756 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4757 if (option_end == NULL) 4758 { 4759 if (rettv != NULL) 4760 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4761 return FAIL; 4762 } 4763 4764 if (!evaluate) 4765 { 4766 *arg = option_end; 4767 return OK; 4768 } 4769 4770 c = *option_end; 4771 *option_end = NUL; 4772 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4773 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4774 4775 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4776 { 4777 if (rettv != NULL) 4778 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4779 ret = FAIL; 4780 } 4781 else if (rettv != NULL) 4782 { 4783 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4784 { 4785 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4786 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4787 } 4788 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4789 { 4790 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4791 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4792 } 4793 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4794 { 4795 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4796 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4797 } 4798 else /* string option */ 4799 { 4800 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4801 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4802 } 4803 } 4804 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4805 ret = FAIL; 4806 4807 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4808 *arg = option_end; 4809 4810 return ret; 4811 } 4812 4813 /* 4814 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4815 * Return OK or FAIL. 4816 */ 4817 static int 4818 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4819 { 4820 char_u *p; 4821 char_u *name; 4822 int extra = 0; 4823 4824 /* 4825 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4826 */ 4827 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 4828 { 4829 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4830 { 4831 ++p; 4832 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4833 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4834 if (*p == '<') 4835 extra += 2; 4836 } 4837 } 4838 4839 if (*p != '"') 4840 { 4841 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4842 return FAIL; 4843 } 4844 4845 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4846 if (!evaluate) 4847 { 4848 *arg = p + 1; 4849 return OK; 4850 } 4851 4852 /* 4853 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4854 * characters. 4855 */ 4856 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4857 if (name == NULL) 4858 return FAIL; 4859 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4860 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4861 4862 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4863 { 4864 if (*p == '\\') 4865 { 4866 switch (*++p) 4867 { 4868 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4869 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4870 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4871 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4872 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4873 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4874 4875 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4876 case 'x': 4877 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4878 case 'U': 4879 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4880 { 4881 int n, nr; 4882 int c = toupper(*p); 4883 4884 if (c == 'X') 4885 n = 2; 4886 else if (*p == 'u') 4887 n = 4; 4888 else 4889 n = 8; 4890 nr = 0; 4891 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4892 { 4893 ++p; 4894 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4895 } 4896 ++p; 4897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4898 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4899 * 'encoding'. */ 4900 if (c != 'X') 4901 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4902 else 4903 #endif 4904 *name++ = nr; 4905 } 4906 break; 4907 4908 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4909 case '0': 4910 case '1': 4911 case '2': 4912 case '3': 4913 case '4': 4914 case '5': 4915 case '6': 4916 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4917 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4918 { 4919 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4920 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4921 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4922 } 4923 ++name; 4924 break; 4925 4926 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4927 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4928 if (extra != 0) 4929 { 4930 name += extra; 4931 break; 4932 } 4933 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4934 4935 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4936 break; 4937 } 4938 } 4939 else 4940 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4941 4942 } 4943 *name = NUL; 4944 if (p == NUL) 4945 { 4946 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4947 return FAIL; 4948 } 4949 *arg = p + 1; 4950 4951 return OK; 4952 } 4953 4954 /* 4955 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4956 * Return OK or FAIL. 4957 */ 4958 static int 4959 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4960 { 4961 char_u *p; 4962 char_u *str; 4963 int reduce = 0; 4964 4965 /* 4966 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4967 */ 4968 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 4969 { 4970 if (*p == '\'') 4971 { 4972 if (p[1] != '\'') 4973 break; 4974 ++reduce; 4975 ++p; 4976 } 4977 } 4978 4979 if (*p != '\'') 4980 { 4981 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4982 return FAIL; 4983 } 4984 4985 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4986 if (!evaluate) 4987 { 4988 *arg = p + 1; 4989 return OK; 4990 } 4991 4992 /* 4993 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4994 */ 4995 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4996 if (str == NULL) 4997 return FAIL; 4998 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4999 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 5000 5001 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 5002 { 5003 if (*p == '\'') 5004 { 5005 if (p[1] != '\'') 5006 break; 5007 ++p; 5008 } 5009 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 5010 } 5011 *str = NUL; 5012 *arg = p + 1; 5013 5014 return OK; 5015 } 5016 5017 /* 5018 * Return the function name of the partial. 5019 */ 5020 char_u * 5021 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 5022 { 5023 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5024 return pt->pt_name; 5025 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 5026 } 5027 5028 static void 5029 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 5030 { 5031 int i; 5032 5033 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5034 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 5035 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 5036 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 5037 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5038 { 5039 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 5040 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 5041 } 5042 else 5043 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 5044 vim_free(pt); 5045 } 5046 5047 /* 5048 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 5049 * becomes zero. 5050 */ 5051 void 5052 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 5053 { 5054 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 5055 partial_free(pt); 5056 } 5057 5058 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5059 5060 static int 5061 func_equal( 5062 typval_T *tv1, 5063 typval_T *tv2, 5064 int ic) /* ignore case */ 5065 { 5066 char_u *s1, *s2; 5067 dict_T *d1, *d2; 5068 int a1, a2; 5069 int i; 5070 5071 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 5072 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 5073 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 5074 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 5075 s1 = NULL; 5076 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 5077 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 5078 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 5079 s2 = NULL; 5080 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 5081 { 5082 if (s1 != s2) 5083 return FALSE; 5084 } 5085 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 5086 return FALSE; 5087 5088 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 5089 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5090 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5091 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 5092 { 5093 if (d1 != d2) 5094 return FALSE; 5095 } 5096 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 5097 return FALSE; 5098 5099 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 5100 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5101 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5102 if (a1 != a2) 5103 return FALSE; 5104 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 5105 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 5106 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 5107 return FALSE; 5108 5109 return TRUE; 5110 } 5111 5112 /* 5113 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 5114 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 5115 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 5116 */ 5117 int 5118 tv_equal( 5119 typval_T *tv1, 5120 typval_T *tv2, 5121 int ic, /* ignore case */ 5122 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 5123 { 5124 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 5125 char_u *s1, *s2; 5126 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 5127 int r; 5128 5129 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 5130 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 5131 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 5132 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 5133 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 5134 * recursiveness quickly. */ 5135 if (!recursive) 5136 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 5137 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 5138 { 5139 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5140 return TRUE; 5141 } 5142 5143 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 5144 * arguments. */ 5145 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5146 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5147 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5148 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5149 { 5150 ++recursive_cnt; 5151 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5152 --recursive_cnt; 5153 return r; 5154 } 5155 5156 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5157 return FALSE; 5158 5159 switch (tv1->v_type) 5160 { 5161 case VAR_LIST: 5162 ++recursive_cnt; 5163 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5164 --recursive_cnt; 5165 return r; 5166 5167 case VAR_DICT: 5168 ++recursive_cnt; 5169 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5170 --recursive_cnt; 5171 return r; 5172 5173 case VAR_NUMBER: 5174 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5175 5176 case VAR_STRING: 5177 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5178 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5179 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5180 5181 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5182 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5183 5184 case VAR_FLOAT: 5185 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5186 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5187 #endif 5188 case VAR_JOB: 5189 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5190 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5191 #endif 5192 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5193 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5194 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5195 #endif 5196 case VAR_FUNC: 5197 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5198 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5199 break; 5200 } 5201 5202 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5203 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5204 return FALSE; 5205 } 5206 5207 /* 5208 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5209 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5210 */ 5211 int 5212 get_copyID(void) 5213 { 5214 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5215 return current_copyID; 5216 } 5217 5218 /* 5219 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5220 * 5221 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5222 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5223 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5224 * reference. Example: 5225 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5226 * :let d = {9: l} 5227 * :let l[1] = d 5228 * 5229 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5230 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5231 * variable. 5232 * 5233 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5234 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5235 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5236 */ 5237 5238 /* 5239 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5240 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5241 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5242 */ 5243 int 5244 garbage_collect(int testing) 5245 { 5246 int copyID; 5247 int abort = FALSE; 5248 buf_T *buf; 5249 win_T *wp; 5250 int i; 5251 int did_free = FALSE; 5252 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5253 tabpage_T *tp; 5254 #endif 5255 5256 if (!testing) 5257 { 5258 /* Only do this once. */ 5259 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5260 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5261 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5262 } 5263 5264 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5265 * previous_funccal. */ 5266 copyID = get_copyID(); 5267 5268 /* 5269 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5270 * with copyID. 5271 */ 5272 5273 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5274 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5275 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5276 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5277 5278 /* script-local variables */ 5279 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5280 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5281 5282 /* buffer-local variables */ 5283 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5284 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5285 NULL, NULL); 5286 5287 /* window-local variables */ 5288 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5289 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5290 NULL, NULL); 5291 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 5292 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5293 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5294 NULL, NULL); 5295 #endif 5296 5297 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5298 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5299 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5300 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5301 NULL, NULL); 5302 #endif 5303 5304 /* global variables */ 5305 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5306 5307 /* function-local variables */ 5308 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5309 5310 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5311 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5312 5313 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5314 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5315 5316 /* v: vars */ 5317 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5318 5319 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5320 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5321 #endif 5322 5323 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5324 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5325 #endif 5326 5327 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5328 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5329 #endif 5330 5331 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5332 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5333 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5334 #endif 5335 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5336 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5337 #endif 5338 5339 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5340 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5341 #endif 5342 5343 if (!abort) 5344 { 5345 /* 5346 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5347 */ 5348 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5349 5350 /* 5351 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5352 * This may call us back recursively. 5353 */ 5354 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5355 } 5356 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5357 { 5358 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5359 } 5360 5361 return did_free; 5362 } 5363 5364 /* 5365 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5366 */ 5367 static int 5368 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5369 { 5370 int did_free = FALSE; 5371 5372 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5373 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5374 * do that here. */ 5375 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5376 5377 /* 5378 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5379 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5380 */ 5381 5382 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5383 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5384 5385 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5386 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5387 5388 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5389 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5390 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5391 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5392 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5393 5394 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5395 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5396 #endif 5397 5398 /* 5399 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5400 */ 5401 dict_free_items(copyID); 5402 list_free_items(copyID); 5403 5404 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5405 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5406 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5407 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5408 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5409 5410 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5411 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5412 #endif 5413 5414 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5415 5416 return did_free; 5417 } 5418 5419 /* 5420 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5421 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5422 * 5423 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5424 */ 5425 int 5426 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5427 { 5428 int todo; 5429 int abort = FALSE; 5430 hashitem_T *hi; 5431 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5432 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5433 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5434 5435 cur_ht = ht; 5436 for (;;) 5437 { 5438 if (!abort) 5439 { 5440 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5441 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5442 * list_stack. */ 5443 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5444 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5445 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5446 { 5447 --todo; 5448 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5449 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5450 } 5451 } 5452 5453 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5454 break; 5455 5456 /* take an item from the stack */ 5457 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5458 tempitem = ht_stack; 5459 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5460 free(tempitem); 5461 } 5462 5463 return abort; 5464 } 5465 5466 /* 5467 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5468 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5469 * 5470 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5471 */ 5472 int 5473 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5474 { 5475 listitem_T *li; 5476 int abort = FALSE; 5477 list_T *cur_l; 5478 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5479 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5480 5481 cur_l = l; 5482 for (;;) 5483 { 5484 if (!abort) 5485 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5486 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5487 * list_stack. */ 5488 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5489 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5490 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5491 if (list_stack == NULL) 5492 break; 5493 5494 /* take an item from the stack */ 5495 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5496 tempitem = list_stack; 5497 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5498 free(tempitem); 5499 } 5500 5501 return abort; 5502 } 5503 5504 /* 5505 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5506 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5507 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5508 * 5509 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5510 */ 5511 int 5512 set_ref_in_item( 5513 typval_T *tv, 5514 int copyID, 5515 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5516 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5517 { 5518 int abort = FALSE; 5519 5520 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5521 { 5522 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5523 5524 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5525 { 5526 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5527 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5528 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5529 { 5530 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5531 } 5532 else 5533 { 5534 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5535 if (newitem == NULL) 5536 abort = TRUE; 5537 else 5538 { 5539 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5540 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5541 *ht_stack = newitem; 5542 } 5543 } 5544 } 5545 } 5546 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5547 { 5548 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5549 5550 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5551 { 5552 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5553 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5554 if (list_stack == NULL) 5555 { 5556 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5557 } 5558 else 5559 { 5560 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5561 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5562 if (newitem == NULL) 5563 abort = TRUE; 5564 else 5565 { 5566 newitem->list = ll; 5567 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5568 *list_stack = newitem; 5569 } 5570 } 5571 } 5572 } 5573 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5574 { 5575 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5576 } 5577 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5578 { 5579 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5580 int i; 5581 5582 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5583 */ 5584 if (pt != NULL) 5585 { 5586 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5587 5588 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5589 { 5590 typval_T dtv; 5591 5592 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5593 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5594 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5595 } 5596 5597 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5598 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5599 ht_stack, list_stack); 5600 } 5601 } 5602 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5603 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5604 { 5605 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5606 typval_T dtv; 5607 5608 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5609 { 5610 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5611 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5612 { 5613 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5614 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5615 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5616 } 5617 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5618 { 5619 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5620 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5621 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5622 } 5623 } 5624 } 5625 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5626 { 5627 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5628 int part; 5629 typval_T dtv; 5630 jsonq_T *jq; 5631 cbq_T *cq; 5632 5633 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5634 { 5635 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5636 for (part = PART_SOCK; part <= PART_IN; ++part) 5637 { 5638 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5639 jq = jq->jq_next) 5640 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5641 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5642 cq = cq->cq_next) 5643 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5644 { 5645 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5646 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5647 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5648 } 5649 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5650 { 5651 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5652 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5653 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5654 } 5655 } 5656 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5657 { 5658 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5659 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5660 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5661 } 5662 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5663 { 5664 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5665 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5666 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5667 } 5668 } 5669 } 5670 #endif 5671 return abort; 5672 } 5673 5674 static char * 5675 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5676 { 5677 switch (nr) 5678 { 5679 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5680 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5681 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5682 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5683 } 5684 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "get_var_special_name()"); 5685 return "42"; 5686 } 5687 5688 /* 5689 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5690 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5691 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5692 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5693 * When both "echo_style" and "dict_val" are FALSE, put quotes around stings as 5694 * "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" 5695 * displays values. 5696 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5697 * are replaced with "...". 5698 * May return NULL. 5699 */ 5700 char_u * 5701 echo_string_core( 5702 typval_T *tv, 5703 char_u **tofree, 5704 char_u *numbuf, 5705 int copyID, 5706 int echo_style, 5707 int restore_copyID, 5708 int dict_val) 5709 { 5710 static int recurse = 0; 5711 char_u *r = NULL; 5712 5713 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5714 { 5715 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5716 { 5717 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5718 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5719 * and dicts. */ 5720 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5721 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5722 } 5723 *tofree = NULL; 5724 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5725 } 5726 ++recurse; 5727 5728 switch (tv->v_type) 5729 { 5730 case VAR_STRING: 5731 if (echo_style && !dict_val) 5732 { 5733 *tofree = NULL; 5734 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5735 } 5736 else 5737 { 5738 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5739 r = *tofree; 5740 } 5741 break; 5742 5743 case VAR_FUNC: 5744 if (echo_style) 5745 { 5746 *tofree = NULL; 5747 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5748 } 5749 else 5750 { 5751 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5752 r = *tofree; 5753 } 5754 break; 5755 5756 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5757 { 5758 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5759 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5760 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5761 garray_T ga; 5762 int i; 5763 char_u *tf; 5764 5765 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5766 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5767 if (fname != NULL) 5768 { 5769 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5770 vim_free(fname); 5771 } 5772 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5773 { 5774 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5775 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5776 { 5777 if (i > 0) 5778 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5779 ga_concat(&ga, 5780 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5781 vim_free(tf); 5782 } 5783 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5784 } 5785 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5786 { 5787 typval_T dtv; 5788 5789 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5790 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5791 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5792 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5793 vim_free(tf); 5794 } 5795 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5796 5797 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5798 r = *tofree; 5799 break; 5800 } 5801 5802 case VAR_LIST: 5803 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5804 { 5805 *tofree = NULL; 5806 r = NULL; 5807 } 5808 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5809 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5810 { 5811 *tofree = NULL; 5812 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5813 } 5814 else 5815 { 5816 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5817 5818 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5819 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5820 if (restore_copyID) 5821 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5822 r = *tofree; 5823 } 5824 break; 5825 5826 case VAR_DICT: 5827 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5828 { 5829 *tofree = NULL; 5830 r = NULL; 5831 } 5832 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5833 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5834 { 5835 *tofree = NULL; 5836 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5837 } 5838 else 5839 { 5840 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5841 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5842 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5843 if (restore_copyID) 5844 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5845 r = *tofree; 5846 } 5847 break; 5848 5849 case VAR_NUMBER: 5850 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5851 case VAR_JOB: 5852 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5853 *tofree = NULL; 5854 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5855 break; 5856 5857 case VAR_FLOAT: 5858 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5859 *tofree = NULL; 5860 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5861 r = numbuf; 5862 break; 5863 #endif 5864 5865 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5866 *tofree = NULL; 5867 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5868 break; 5869 } 5870 5871 if (--recurse == 0) 5872 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5873 return r; 5874 } 5875 5876 /* 5877 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5878 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5879 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5880 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5881 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5882 * May return NULL. 5883 */ 5884 char_u * 5885 echo_string( 5886 typval_T *tv, 5887 char_u **tofree, 5888 char_u *numbuf, 5889 int copyID) 5890 { 5891 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5892 } 5893 5894 /* 5895 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5896 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5897 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5898 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5899 * May return NULL. 5900 */ 5901 char_u * 5902 tv2string( 5903 typval_T *tv, 5904 char_u **tofree, 5905 char_u *numbuf, 5906 int copyID) 5907 { 5908 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5909 } 5910 5911 /* 5912 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5913 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5914 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5915 */ 5916 char_u * 5917 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5918 { 5919 unsigned len; 5920 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5921 5922 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5923 if (str != NULL) 5924 { 5925 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5926 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 5927 if (*p == '\'') 5928 ++len; 5929 } 5930 s = r = alloc(len); 5931 if (r != NULL) 5932 { 5933 if (function) 5934 { 5935 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5936 r += 10; 5937 } 5938 else 5939 *r++ = '\''; 5940 if (str != NULL) 5941 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5942 { 5943 if (*p == '\'') 5944 *r++ = '\''; 5945 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5946 } 5947 *r++ = '\''; 5948 if (function) 5949 *r++ = ')'; 5950 *r++ = NUL; 5951 } 5952 return s; 5953 } 5954 5955 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5956 /* 5957 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5958 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5959 * this always uses a decimal point. 5960 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5961 */ 5962 int 5963 string2float( 5964 char_u *text, 5965 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5966 { 5967 char *s = (char *)text; 5968 float_T f; 5969 5970 f = strtod(s, &s); 5971 *value = f; 5972 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5973 } 5974 #endif 5975 5976 /* 5977 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5978 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5979 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5980 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5981 */ 5982 static int 5983 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5984 { 5985 char_u *string = NULL; 5986 int len; 5987 int cc; 5988 char_u *name; 5989 int mustfree = FALSE; 5990 5991 ++*arg; 5992 name = *arg; 5993 len = get_env_len(arg); 5994 if (evaluate) 5995 { 5996 if (len == 0) 5997 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5998 5999 cc = name[len]; 6000 name[len] = NUL; 6001 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 6002 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 6003 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 6004 { 6005 if (!mustfree) 6006 string = vim_strsave(string); 6007 } 6008 else 6009 { 6010 if (mustfree) 6011 vim_free(string); 6012 6013 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 6014 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 6015 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 6016 { 6017 vim_free(string); 6018 string = NULL; 6019 } 6020 } 6021 name[len] = cc; 6022 6023 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6024 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 6025 } 6026 6027 return OK; 6028 } 6029 6030 6031 6032 /* 6033 * Translate a String variable into a position. 6034 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 6035 */ 6036 pos_T * 6037 var2fpos( 6038 typval_T *varp, 6039 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 6040 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 6041 { 6042 char_u *name; 6043 static pos_T pos; 6044 pos_T *pp; 6045 6046 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 6047 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 6048 { 6049 list_T *l; 6050 int len; 6051 int error = FALSE; 6052 listitem_T *li; 6053 6054 l = varp->vval.v_list; 6055 if (l == NULL) 6056 return NULL; 6057 6058 /* Get the line number */ 6059 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 6060 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6061 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 6062 6063 /* Get the column number */ 6064 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 6065 if (error) 6066 return NULL; 6067 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 6068 6069 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 6070 li = list_find(l, 1L); 6071 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 6072 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 6073 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 6074 pos.col = len + 1; 6075 6076 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 6077 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 6078 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 6079 --pos.col; 6080 6081 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6082 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 6083 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 6084 if (error) 6085 pos.coladd = 0; 6086 #endif 6087 6088 return &pos; 6089 } 6090 6091 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 6092 if (name == NULL) 6093 return NULL; 6094 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 6095 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6096 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 6097 { 6098 if (VIsual_active) 6099 return &VIsual; 6100 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6101 } 6102 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 6103 { 6104 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 6105 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 6106 return NULL; 6107 return pp; 6108 } 6109 6110 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6111 pos.coladd = 0; 6112 #endif 6113 6114 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 6115 { 6116 pos.col = 0; 6117 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 6118 { 6119 update_topline(); 6120 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline; 6121 return &pos; 6122 } 6123 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6124 { 6125 validate_botline(); 6126 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline - 1; 6127 return &pos; 6128 } 6129 } 6130 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6131 { 6132 if (dollar_lnum) 6133 { 6134 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6135 pos.col = 0; 6136 } 6137 else 6138 { 6139 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6140 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6141 } 6142 return &pos; 6143 } 6144 return NULL; 6145 } 6146 6147 /* 6148 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6149 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6150 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6151 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6152 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6153 * validity. 6154 */ 6155 int 6156 list2fpos( 6157 typval_T *arg, 6158 pos_T *posp, 6159 int *fnump, 6160 colnr_T *curswantp) 6161 { 6162 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6163 long i = 0; 6164 long n; 6165 6166 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6167 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6168 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6169 || l == NULL 6170 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6171 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6172 return FAIL; 6173 6174 if (fnump != NULL) 6175 { 6176 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6177 if (n < 0) 6178 return FAIL; 6179 if (n == 0) 6180 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6181 *fnump = n; 6182 } 6183 6184 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6185 if (n < 0) 6186 return FAIL; 6187 posp->lnum = n; 6188 6189 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6190 if (n < 0) 6191 return FAIL; 6192 posp->col = n; 6193 6194 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6195 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6196 if (n < 0) 6197 posp->coladd = 0; 6198 else 6199 posp->coladd = n; 6200 #endif 6201 6202 if (curswantp != NULL) 6203 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6204 6205 return OK; 6206 } 6207 6208 /* 6209 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6210 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6211 * Return 0 for error. 6212 */ 6213 static int 6214 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6215 { 6216 char_u *p; 6217 int len; 6218 6219 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6220 ; 6221 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6222 return 0; 6223 6224 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6225 *arg = p; 6226 return len; 6227 } 6228 6229 /* 6230 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6231 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6232 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6233 */ 6234 int 6235 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6236 { 6237 char_u *p; 6238 int len; 6239 6240 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6241 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6242 { 6243 if (*p == ':') 6244 { 6245 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6246 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6247 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6248 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6249 || len > 1) 6250 break; 6251 } 6252 } 6253 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6254 return 0; 6255 6256 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6257 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6258 6259 return len; 6260 } 6261 6262 /* 6263 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6264 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6265 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6266 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6267 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6268 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6269 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6270 */ 6271 int 6272 get_name_len( 6273 char_u **arg, 6274 char_u **alias, 6275 int evaluate, 6276 int verbose) 6277 { 6278 int len; 6279 char_u *p; 6280 char_u *expr_start; 6281 char_u *expr_end; 6282 6283 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6284 6285 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6286 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6287 { 6288 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6289 *arg += 3; 6290 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6291 } 6292 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6293 if (len > 0) 6294 { 6295 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6296 *arg += len; 6297 } 6298 6299 /* 6300 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6301 */ 6302 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6303 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6304 if (expr_start != NULL) 6305 { 6306 char_u *temp_string; 6307 6308 if (!evaluate) 6309 { 6310 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6311 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6312 return len; 6313 } 6314 6315 /* 6316 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6317 * Thus the -len here. 6318 */ 6319 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6320 if (temp_string == NULL) 6321 return -1; 6322 *alias = temp_string; 6323 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6324 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6325 } 6326 6327 len += get_id_len(arg); 6328 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6329 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6330 6331 return len; 6332 } 6333 6334 /* 6335 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6336 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6337 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6338 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6339 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6340 * valid name. 6341 */ 6342 char_u * 6343 find_name_end( 6344 char_u *arg, 6345 char_u **expr_start, 6346 char_u **expr_end, 6347 int flags) 6348 { 6349 int mb_nest = 0; 6350 int br_nest = 0; 6351 char_u *p; 6352 int len; 6353 6354 if (expr_start != NULL) 6355 { 6356 *expr_start = NULL; 6357 *expr_end = NULL; 6358 } 6359 6360 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6361 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6362 return arg; 6363 6364 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6365 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6366 || *p == '{' 6367 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6368 || mb_nest != 0 6369 || br_nest != 0); mb_ptr_adv(p)) 6370 { 6371 if (*p == '\'') 6372 { 6373 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6374 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 6375 ; 6376 if (*p == NUL) 6377 break; 6378 } 6379 else if (*p == '"') 6380 { 6381 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6382 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 6383 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6384 ++p; 6385 if (*p == NUL) 6386 break; 6387 } 6388 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6389 { 6390 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6391 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6392 len = (int)(p - arg); 6393 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6394 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6395 break; 6396 } 6397 6398 if (mb_nest == 0) 6399 { 6400 if (*p == '[') 6401 ++br_nest; 6402 else if (*p == ']') 6403 --br_nest; 6404 } 6405 6406 if (br_nest == 0) 6407 { 6408 if (*p == '{') 6409 { 6410 mb_nest++; 6411 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6412 *expr_start = p; 6413 } 6414 else if (*p == '}') 6415 { 6416 mb_nest--; 6417 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6418 *expr_end = p; 6419 } 6420 } 6421 } 6422 6423 return p; 6424 } 6425 6426 /* 6427 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6428 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6429 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6430 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6431 * "in_start" ^ 6432 * "expr_start" ^ 6433 * "expr_end" ^ 6434 * "in_end" ^ 6435 * 6436 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6437 * Returns NULL for failure. 6438 */ 6439 static char_u * 6440 make_expanded_name( 6441 char_u *in_start, 6442 char_u *expr_start, 6443 char_u *expr_end, 6444 char_u *in_end) 6445 { 6446 char_u c1; 6447 char_u *retval = NULL; 6448 char_u *temp_result; 6449 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6450 6451 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6452 return NULL; 6453 *expr_start = NUL; 6454 *expr_end = NUL; 6455 c1 = *in_end; 6456 *in_end = NUL; 6457 6458 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6459 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6460 { 6461 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6462 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6463 if (retval != NULL) 6464 { 6465 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6466 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6467 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6468 } 6469 } 6470 vim_free(temp_result); 6471 6472 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6473 *expr_start = '{'; 6474 *expr_end = '}'; 6475 6476 if (retval != NULL) 6477 { 6478 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6479 if (expr_start != NULL) 6480 { 6481 /* Further expansion! */ 6482 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6483 expr_end, temp_result); 6484 vim_free(retval); 6485 retval = temp_result; 6486 } 6487 } 6488 6489 return retval; 6490 } 6491 6492 /* 6493 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6494 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6495 */ 6496 int 6497 eval_isnamec(int c) 6498 { 6499 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6500 } 6501 6502 /* 6503 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6504 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6505 */ 6506 int 6507 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6508 { 6509 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6510 } 6511 6512 /* 6513 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6514 */ 6515 void 6516 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6517 { 6518 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6519 } 6520 6521 /* 6522 * Get number v: variable value. 6523 */ 6524 varnumber_T 6525 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6526 { 6527 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6528 } 6529 6530 /* 6531 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6532 */ 6533 char_u * 6534 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6535 { 6536 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6537 } 6538 6539 /* 6540 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6541 * needed. 6542 */ 6543 list_T * 6544 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6545 { 6546 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6547 } 6548 6549 /* 6550 * Set v:char to character "c". 6551 */ 6552 void 6553 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6554 { 6555 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6556 6557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6558 if (has_mbyte) 6559 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6560 else 6561 #endif 6562 { 6563 buf[0] = c; 6564 buf[1] = NUL; 6565 } 6566 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6567 } 6568 6569 /* 6570 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6571 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6572 */ 6573 void 6574 set_vcount( 6575 long count, 6576 long count1, 6577 int set_prevcount) 6578 { 6579 if (set_prevcount) 6580 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6581 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6582 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6583 } 6584 6585 /* 6586 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6587 */ 6588 void 6589 set_vim_var_string( 6590 int idx, 6591 char_u *val, 6592 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6593 { 6594 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6595 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6596 if (val == NULL) 6597 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6598 else if (len == -1) 6599 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6600 else 6601 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6602 } 6603 6604 /* 6605 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6606 */ 6607 void 6608 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6609 { 6610 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6611 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6612 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6613 if (val != NULL) 6614 ++val->lv_refcount; 6615 } 6616 6617 /* 6618 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6619 */ 6620 void 6621 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6622 { 6623 int todo; 6624 hashitem_T *hi; 6625 6626 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6627 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6628 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6629 if (val != NULL) 6630 { 6631 ++val->dv_refcount; 6632 6633 /* Set readonly */ 6634 todo = (int)val->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 6635 for (hi = val->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0 ; ++hi) 6636 { 6637 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 6638 continue; 6639 --todo; 6640 HI2DI(hi)->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 6641 } 6642 } 6643 } 6644 6645 /* 6646 * Set v:register if needed. 6647 */ 6648 void 6649 set_reg_var(int c) 6650 { 6651 char_u regname; 6652 6653 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6654 regname = '"'; 6655 else 6656 regname = c; 6657 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6658 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6659 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6660 } 6661 6662 /* 6663 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6664 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6665 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6666 * take care of memory allocations. 6667 */ 6668 char_u * 6669 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6670 { 6671 if (oldval == NULL) 6672 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6673 6674 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6675 return NULL; 6676 } 6677 6678 /* 6679 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6680 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6681 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6682 * take care of memory allocations. 6683 */ 6684 char_u * 6685 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6686 { 6687 if (oldval == NULL) 6688 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6689 6690 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6691 return NULL; 6692 } 6693 6694 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) 6695 /* 6696 * Set v:cmdarg. 6697 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6698 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6699 * Must always be called in pairs! 6700 */ 6701 char_u * 6702 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6703 { 6704 char_u *oldval; 6705 char_u *newval; 6706 unsigned len; 6707 6708 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6709 if (eap == NULL) 6710 { 6711 vim_free(oldval); 6712 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6713 return NULL; 6714 } 6715 6716 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6717 len = 6; 6718 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6719 len = 8; 6720 else 6721 len = 0; 6722 6723 if (eap->read_edit) 6724 len += 7; 6725 6726 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6727 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_ff) + 6; 6728 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6729 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6730 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6731 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6732 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6733 # endif 6734 6735 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6736 if (newval == NULL) 6737 return NULL; 6738 6739 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6740 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6741 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6742 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6743 else 6744 *newval = NUL; 6745 6746 if (eap->read_edit) 6747 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6748 6749 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6750 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6751 eap->cmd + eap->force_ff); 6752 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6753 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6754 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6755 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6756 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6757 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6758 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6759 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6760 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6761 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6762 # endif 6763 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6764 return oldval; 6765 } 6766 #endif 6767 6768 /* 6769 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6770 * Return OK or FAIL. 6771 */ 6772 int 6773 get_var_tv( 6774 char_u *name, 6775 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6776 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6777 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6778 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6779 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6780 { 6781 int ret = OK; 6782 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6783 typval_T atv; 6784 dictitem_T *v; 6785 int cc; 6786 6787 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6788 cc = name[len]; 6789 name[len] = NUL; 6790 6791 /* 6792 * Check for "b:changedtick". 6793 */ 6794 if (STRCMP(name, "b:changedtick") == 0) 6795 { 6796 atv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 6797 atv.vval.v_number = curbuf->b_changedtick; 6798 tv = &atv; 6799 } 6800 6801 /* 6802 * Check for user-defined variables. 6803 */ 6804 else 6805 { 6806 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6807 if (v != NULL) 6808 { 6809 tv = &v->di_tv; 6810 if (dip != NULL) 6811 *dip = v; 6812 } 6813 } 6814 6815 if (tv == NULL) 6816 { 6817 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6818 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6819 ret = FAIL; 6820 } 6821 else if (rettv != NULL) 6822 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6823 6824 name[len] = cc; 6825 6826 return ret; 6827 } 6828 6829 /* 6830 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6831 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6832 */ 6833 static void 6834 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6835 { 6836 int cc; 6837 char_u *varname; 6838 hashtab_T *ht; 6839 6840 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6841 return; 6842 6843 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6844 cc = name[len]; 6845 name[len] = NUL; 6846 6847 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6848 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6849 { 6850 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6851 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6852 } 6853 6854 name[len] = cc; 6855 } 6856 6857 /* 6858 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6859 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6860 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6861 */ 6862 int 6863 handle_subscript( 6864 char_u **arg, 6865 typval_T *rettv, 6866 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6867 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6868 { 6869 int ret = OK; 6870 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6871 char_u *s; 6872 int len; 6873 typval_T functv; 6874 6875 while (ret == OK 6876 && (**arg == '[' 6877 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6878 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6879 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6880 && !vim_iswhite(*(*arg - 1))) 6881 { 6882 if (**arg == '(') 6883 { 6884 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6885 6886 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6887 if (evaluate) 6888 { 6889 functv = *rettv; 6890 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6891 6892 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6893 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6894 { 6895 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6896 s = partial_name(pt); 6897 } 6898 else 6899 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6900 } 6901 else 6902 s = (char_u *)""; 6903 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6904 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6905 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6906 6907 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6908 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6909 if (evaluate) 6910 clear_tv(&functv); 6911 6912 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6913 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6914 * but not caught. */ 6915 if (aborting()) 6916 { 6917 if (ret == OK) 6918 clear_tv(rettv); 6919 ret = FAIL; 6920 } 6921 dict_unref(selfdict); 6922 selfdict = NULL; 6923 } 6924 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6925 { 6926 dict_unref(selfdict); 6927 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6928 { 6929 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6930 if (selfdict != NULL) 6931 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6932 } 6933 else 6934 selfdict = NULL; 6935 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6936 { 6937 clear_tv(rettv); 6938 ret = FAIL; 6939 } 6940 } 6941 } 6942 6943 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6944 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6945 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6946 if (selfdict != NULL 6947 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6948 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6949 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6950 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6951 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6952 6953 dict_unref(selfdict); 6954 return ret; 6955 } 6956 6957 /* 6958 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6959 * value). 6960 */ 6961 typval_T * 6962 alloc_tv(void) 6963 { 6964 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6965 } 6966 6967 /* 6968 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6969 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6970 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6971 */ 6972 static typval_T * 6973 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6974 { 6975 typval_T *rettv; 6976 6977 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6978 if (rettv != NULL) 6979 { 6980 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6981 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6982 } 6983 else 6984 vim_free(s); 6985 return rettv; 6986 } 6987 6988 /* 6989 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6990 */ 6991 void 6992 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6993 { 6994 if (varp != NULL) 6995 { 6996 switch (varp->v_type) 6997 { 6998 case VAR_FUNC: 6999 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7000 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 7001 case VAR_STRING: 7002 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7003 break; 7004 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7005 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7006 break; 7007 case VAR_LIST: 7008 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7009 break; 7010 case VAR_DICT: 7011 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7012 break; 7013 case VAR_JOB: 7014 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7015 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7016 break; 7017 #endif 7018 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7019 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7020 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7021 break; 7022 #endif 7023 case VAR_NUMBER: 7024 case VAR_FLOAT: 7025 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7026 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7027 break; 7028 } 7029 vim_free(varp); 7030 } 7031 } 7032 7033 /* 7034 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 7035 */ 7036 void 7037 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 7038 { 7039 if (varp != NULL) 7040 { 7041 switch (varp->v_type) 7042 { 7043 case VAR_FUNC: 7044 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7045 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 7046 case VAR_STRING: 7047 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7048 varp->vval.v_string = NULL; 7049 break; 7050 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7051 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7052 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7053 break; 7054 case VAR_LIST: 7055 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7056 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 7057 break; 7058 case VAR_DICT: 7059 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7060 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7061 break; 7062 case VAR_NUMBER: 7063 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7064 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 7065 break; 7066 case VAR_FLOAT: 7067 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7068 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 7069 break; 7070 #endif 7071 case VAR_JOB: 7072 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7073 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7074 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 7075 #endif 7076 break; 7077 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7078 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7079 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7080 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 7081 #endif 7082 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7083 break; 7084 } 7085 varp->v_lock = 0; 7086 } 7087 } 7088 7089 /* 7090 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 7091 */ 7092 void 7093 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 7094 { 7095 if (varp != NULL) 7096 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 7097 } 7098 7099 /* 7100 * Get the number value of a variable. 7101 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 7102 * For incompatible types, return 0. 7103 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 7104 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 7105 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 7106 */ 7107 varnumber_T 7108 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 7109 { 7110 int error = FALSE; 7111 7112 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7113 } 7114 7115 varnumber_T 7116 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7117 { 7118 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7119 7120 switch (varp->v_type) 7121 { 7122 case VAR_NUMBER: 7123 return varp->vval.v_number; 7124 case VAR_FLOAT: 7125 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7126 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7127 break; 7128 #endif 7129 case VAR_FUNC: 7130 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7131 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7132 break; 7133 case VAR_STRING: 7134 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7135 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7136 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7137 return n; 7138 case VAR_LIST: 7139 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7140 break; 7141 case VAR_DICT: 7142 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7143 break; 7144 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7145 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7146 break; 7147 case VAR_JOB: 7148 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7149 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7150 break; 7151 #endif 7152 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7153 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7154 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7155 break; 7156 #endif 7157 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7158 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7159 break; 7160 } 7161 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7162 n = -1; 7163 else 7164 *denote = TRUE; 7165 return n; 7166 } 7167 7168 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7169 float_T 7170 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7171 { 7172 switch (varp->v_type) 7173 { 7174 case VAR_NUMBER: 7175 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7176 case VAR_FLOAT: 7177 return varp->vval.v_float; 7178 case VAR_FUNC: 7179 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7180 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7181 break; 7182 case VAR_STRING: 7183 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7184 break; 7185 case VAR_LIST: 7186 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7187 break; 7188 case VAR_DICT: 7189 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7190 break; 7191 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7192 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7193 break; 7194 case VAR_JOB: 7195 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7196 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7197 break; 7198 # endif 7199 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7200 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7201 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7202 break; 7203 # endif 7204 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7205 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7206 break; 7207 } 7208 return 0; 7209 } 7210 #endif 7211 7212 /* 7213 * Get the string value of a variable. 7214 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7215 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7216 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7217 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7218 * Never returns NULL; 7219 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7220 * NULL on error. 7221 */ 7222 char_u * 7223 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7224 { 7225 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7226 7227 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7228 } 7229 7230 char_u * 7231 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7232 { 7233 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7234 7235 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7236 } 7237 7238 /* 7239 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7240 */ 7241 char_u * 7242 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7243 { 7244 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7245 7246 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7247 } 7248 7249 char_u * 7250 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7251 { 7252 switch (varp->v_type) 7253 { 7254 case VAR_NUMBER: 7255 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7256 (varnumber_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7257 return buf; 7258 case VAR_FUNC: 7259 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7260 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7261 break; 7262 case VAR_LIST: 7263 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7264 break; 7265 case VAR_DICT: 7266 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7267 break; 7268 case VAR_FLOAT: 7269 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7270 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7271 break; 7272 #endif 7273 case VAR_STRING: 7274 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7275 return varp->vval.v_string; 7276 return (char_u *)""; 7277 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7278 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7279 return buf; 7280 case VAR_JOB: 7281 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7282 { 7283 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7284 char *status; 7285 7286 if (job == NULL) 7287 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7288 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7289 : job->jv_status == JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7290 : "run"; 7291 # ifdef UNIX 7292 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7293 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7294 # elif defined(WIN32) 7295 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7296 "process %ld %s", 7297 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7298 status); 7299 # else 7300 /* fall-back */ 7301 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7302 # endif 7303 return buf; 7304 } 7305 #endif 7306 break; 7307 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7308 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7309 { 7310 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7311 char *status = channel_status(channel); 7312 7313 if (channel == NULL) 7314 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7315 else 7316 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7317 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7318 return buf; 7319 } 7320 #endif 7321 break; 7322 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7323 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7324 break; 7325 } 7326 return NULL; 7327 } 7328 7329 /* 7330 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7331 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7332 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7333 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7334 * hashtab_T used. 7335 */ 7336 dictitem_T * 7337 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7338 { 7339 char_u *varname; 7340 hashtab_T *ht; 7341 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7342 7343 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7344 if (htp != NULL) 7345 *htp = ht; 7346 if (ht == NULL) 7347 return NULL; 7348 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7349 if (ret != NULL) 7350 return ret; 7351 7352 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7353 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7354 } 7355 7356 /* 7357 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7358 * Returns NULL if not found. 7359 */ 7360 dictitem_T * 7361 find_var_in_ht( 7362 hashtab_T *ht, 7363 int htname, 7364 char_u *varname, 7365 int no_autoload) 7366 { 7367 hashitem_T *hi; 7368 7369 if (*varname == NUL) 7370 { 7371 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7372 switch (htname) 7373 { 7374 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_SID)->sv_var; 7375 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7376 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7377 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7378 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7379 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7380 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7381 #endif 7382 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7383 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7384 } 7385 return NULL; 7386 } 7387 7388 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7389 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7390 { 7391 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7392 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7393 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7394 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7395 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7396 { 7397 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7398 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7399 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7400 return NULL; 7401 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7402 } 7403 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7404 return NULL; 7405 } 7406 return HI2DI(hi); 7407 } 7408 7409 /* 7410 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7411 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7412 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7413 */ 7414 hashtab_T * 7415 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7416 { 7417 hashitem_T *hi; 7418 hashtab_T *ht; 7419 7420 if (name[0] == NUL) 7421 return NULL; 7422 if (name[1] != ':') 7423 { 7424 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7425 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7426 return NULL; 7427 *varname = name; 7428 7429 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7430 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7431 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7432 return &compat_hashtab; 7433 7434 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7435 if (ht == NULL) 7436 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7437 return ht; /* local variable */ 7438 } 7439 *varname = name + 2; 7440 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7441 return &globvarht; 7442 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7443 */ 7444 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7445 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7446 return NULL; 7447 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7448 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7449 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7450 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7451 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7452 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7453 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7454 #endif 7455 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7456 return &vimvarht; 7457 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7458 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7459 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7460 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7461 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7462 && current_SID > 0 && current_SID <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7463 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_SID); 7464 return NULL; 7465 } 7466 7467 /* 7468 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7469 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7470 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7471 */ 7472 char_u * 7473 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7474 { 7475 dictitem_T *v; 7476 7477 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7478 if (v == NULL) 7479 return NULL; 7480 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7481 } 7482 7483 /* 7484 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7485 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7486 */ 7487 void 7488 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7489 { 7490 int i; 7491 hashtab_T *ht; 7492 scriptvar_T *sv; 7493 7494 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7495 { 7496 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7497 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7498 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7499 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7500 { 7501 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7502 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7503 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7504 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7505 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7506 } 7507 7508 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7509 { 7510 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7511 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7512 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7513 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7514 } 7515 } 7516 } 7517 7518 /* 7519 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7520 * point to it. 7521 */ 7522 void 7523 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7524 { 7525 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7526 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7527 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7528 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7529 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7530 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7531 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7532 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7533 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7534 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7535 } 7536 7537 /* 7538 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7539 */ 7540 void 7541 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7542 { 7543 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7544 * normal reference counting. */ 7545 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7546 dict_unref(dict); 7547 } 7548 7549 /* 7550 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7551 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7552 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7553 */ 7554 void 7555 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7556 { 7557 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7558 } 7559 7560 /* 7561 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7562 */ 7563 void 7564 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7565 { 7566 int todo; 7567 hashitem_T *hi; 7568 dictitem_T *v; 7569 7570 hash_lock(ht); 7571 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7572 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7573 { 7574 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7575 { 7576 --todo; 7577 7578 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7579 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7580 * later. */ 7581 v = HI2DI(hi); 7582 if (free_val) 7583 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7584 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7585 vim_free(v); 7586 } 7587 } 7588 hash_clear(ht); 7589 ht->ht_used = 0; 7590 } 7591 7592 /* 7593 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7594 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7595 */ 7596 static void 7597 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7598 { 7599 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7600 7601 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7602 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7603 vim_free(di); 7604 } 7605 7606 /* 7607 * List the value of one internal variable. 7608 */ 7609 static void 7610 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7611 { 7612 char_u *tofree; 7613 char_u *s; 7614 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7615 7616 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7617 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7618 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7619 vim_free(tofree); 7620 } 7621 7622 static void 7623 list_one_var_a( 7624 char_u *prefix, 7625 char_u *name, 7626 int type, 7627 char_u *string, 7628 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7629 { 7630 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7631 msg_start(); 7632 msg_puts(prefix); 7633 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7634 msg_puts(name); 7635 msg_putchar(' '); 7636 msg_advance(22); 7637 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7638 msg_putchar('#'); 7639 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7640 msg_putchar('*'); 7641 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7642 { 7643 msg_putchar('['); 7644 if (*string == '[') 7645 ++string; 7646 } 7647 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7648 { 7649 msg_putchar('{'); 7650 if (*string == '{') 7651 ++string; 7652 } 7653 else 7654 msg_putchar(' '); 7655 7656 msg_outtrans(string); 7657 7658 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7659 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7660 if (*first) 7661 { 7662 msg_clr_eos(); 7663 *first = FALSE; 7664 } 7665 } 7666 7667 /* 7668 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7669 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7670 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7671 */ 7672 void 7673 set_var( 7674 char_u *name, 7675 typval_T *tv, 7676 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7677 { 7678 dictitem_T *v; 7679 char_u *varname; 7680 hashtab_T *ht; 7681 7682 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7683 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7684 { 7685 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7686 return; 7687 } 7688 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7689 7690 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7691 if (v == NULL) 7692 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7693 7694 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7695 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7696 return; 7697 7698 if (v != NULL) 7699 { 7700 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7701 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7702 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7703 return; 7704 7705 /* 7706 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7707 * prevent changing the type. 7708 */ 7709 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7710 { 7711 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7712 { 7713 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7714 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7715 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7716 else 7717 { 7718 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7719 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7720 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7721 } 7722 return; 7723 } 7724 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7725 { 7726 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7727 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7728 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7729 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7730 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7731 { 7732 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7733 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7734 } 7735 #endif 7736 return; 7737 } 7738 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7739 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "set_var()"); 7740 } 7741 7742 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7743 } 7744 else /* add a new variable */ 7745 { 7746 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7747 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7748 { 7749 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7750 return; 7751 } 7752 7753 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7754 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7755 return; 7756 7757 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7758 + STRLEN(varname))); 7759 if (v == NULL) 7760 return; 7761 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7762 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7763 { 7764 vim_free(v); 7765 return; 7766 } 7767 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7768 } 7769 7770 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7771 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7772 else 7773 { 7774 v->di_tv = *tv; 7775 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7776 init_tv(tv); 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 /* 7781 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7782 * Also give an error message. 7783 */ 7784 int 7785 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7786 { 7787 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7788 { 7789 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7790 return TRUE; 7791 } 7792 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7793 { 7794 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7795 return TRUE; 7796 } 7797 return FALSE; 7798 } 7799 7800 /* 7801 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7802 * Also give an error message. 7803 */ 7804 int 7805 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7806 { 7807 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7808 { 7809 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7810 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7811 return TRUE; 7812 } 7813 return FALSE; 7814 } 7815 7816 /* 7817 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7818 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7819 */ 7820 int 7821 var_check_func_name( 7822 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7823 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7824 { 7825 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7826 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7827 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7828 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7829 { 7830 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7831 name); 7832 return TRUE; 7833 } 7834 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7835 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7836 * below. */ 7837 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7838 { 7839 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7840 name); 7841 return TRUE; 7842 } 7843 return FALSE; 7844 } 7845 7846 /* 7847 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7848 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7849 */ 7850 int 7851 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7852 { 7853 char_u *p; 7854 7855 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7856 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7857 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7858 { 7859 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7860 return FALSE; 7861 } 7862 return TRUE; 7863 } 7864 7865 /* 7866 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7867 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7868 * TRUE. 7869 */ 7870 int 7871 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7872 { 7873 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7874 { 7875 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7876 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7877 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7878 : name); 7879 return TRUE; 7880 } 7881 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7882 { 7883 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7884 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7885 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7886 : name); 7887 return TRUE; 7888 } 7889 return FALSE; 7890 } 7891 7892 /* 7893 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7894 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7895 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7896 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7897 * make a copy later. 7898 */ 7899 void 7900 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7901 { 7902 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7903 to->v_lock = 0; 7904 switch (from->v_type) 7905 { 7906 case VAR_NUMBER: 7907 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7908 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7909 break; 7910 case VAR_FLOAT: 7911 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7912 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7913 break; 7914 #endif 7915 case VAR_JOB: 7916 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7917 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7918 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7919 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7920 break; 7921 #endif 7922 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7923 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7924 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7925 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7926 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7927 break; 7928 #endif 7929 case VAR_STRING: 7930 case VAR_FUNC: 7931 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7932 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7933 else 7934 { 7935 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7936 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7937 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7938 } 7939 break; 7940 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7941 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7942 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7943 else 7944 { 7945 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7946 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7947 } 7948 break; 7949 case VAR_LIST: 7950 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7951 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7952 else 7953 { 7954 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7955 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7956 } 7957 break; 7958 case VAR_DICT: 7959 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7960 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7961 else 7962 { 7963 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7964 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7965 } 7966 break; 7967 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7968 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7969 break; 7970 } 7971 } 7972 7973 /* 7974 * Make a copy of an item. 7975 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7976 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7977 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7978 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7979 */ 7980 int 7981 item_copy( 7982 typval_T *from, 7983 typval_T *to, 7984 int deep, 7985 int copyID) 7986 { 7987 static int recurse = 0; 7988 int ret = OK; 7989 7990 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7991 { 7992 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7993 return FAIL; 7994 } 7995 ++recurse; 7996 7997 switch (from->v_type) 7998 { 7999 case VAR_NUMBER: 8000 case VAR_FLOAT: 8001 case VAR_STRING: 8002 case VAR_FUNC: 8003 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8004 case VAR_SPECIAL: 8005 case VAR_JOB: 8006 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8007 copy_tv(from, to); 8008 break; 8009 case VAR_LIST: 8010 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 8011 to->v_lock = 0; 8012 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8013 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8014 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 8015 { 8016 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8017 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 8018 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8019 } 8020 else 8021 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 8022 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 8023 ret = FAIL; 8024 break; 8025 case VAR_DICT: 8026 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8027 to->v_lock = 0; 8028 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8029 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8030 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 8031 { 8032 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8033 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 8034 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8035 } 8036 else 8037 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 8038 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8039 ret = FAIL; 8040 break; 8041 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8042 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 8043 ret = FAIL; 8044 } 8045 --recurse; 8046 return ret; 8047 } 8048 8049 /* 8050 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 8051 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 8052 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 8053 * when the user cancels the prompt. 8054 */ 8055 void 8056 get_user_input( 8057 typval_T *argvars, 8058 typval_T *rettv, 8059 int inputdialog, 8060 int secret) 8061 { 8062 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8063 char_u *p = NULL; 8064 int c; 8065 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8066 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 8067 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 8068 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8069 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 8070 8071 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8072 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8073 8074 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 8075 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. */ 8076 if (no_console_input()) 8077 return; 8078 #endif 8079 8080 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 8081 if (prompt != NULL) 8082 { 8083 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 8084 * prompt for the command line */ 8085 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 8086 if (p == NULL) 8087 p = prompt; 8088 else 8089 { 8090 ++p; 8091 c = *p; 8092 *p = NUL; 8093 msg_start(); 8094 msg_clr_eos(); 8095 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 8096 msg_didout = FALSE; 8097 msg_starthere(); 8098 *p = c; 8099 } 8100 cmdline_row = msg_row; 8101 8102 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8103 { 8104 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 8105 if (defstr != NULL) 8106 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 8107 8108 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8109 { 8110 char_u *xp_name; 8111 int xp_namelen; 8112 long argt; 8113 8114 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8115 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8116 8117 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8118 if (xp_name == NULL) 8119 return; 8120 8121 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8122 8123 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8124 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8125 return; 8126 } 8127 } 8128 8129 if (defstr != NULL) 8130 { 8131 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8132 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8133 rettv->vval.v_string = 8134 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8135 xp_type, xp_arg); 8136 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8137 } 8138 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8139 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8140 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8141 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 8142 &argvars[2], buf)); 8143 8144 vim_free(xp_arg); 8145 8146 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8147 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8148 msg_didout = FALSE; 8149 } 8150 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8151 } 8152 8153 /* 8154 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8155 * newline at the end. 8156 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8157 */ 8158 void 8159 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8160 { 8161 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8162 typval_T rettv; 8163 char_u *tofree; 8164 char_u *p; 8165 int needclr = TRUE; 8166 int atstart = TRUE; 8167 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8168 8169 if (eap->skip) 8170 ++emsg_skip; 8171 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8172 { 8173 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8174 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8175 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8176 8177 p = arg; 8178 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8179 { 8180 /* 8181 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8182 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8183 * exception. 8184 */ 8185 if (!aborting()) 8186 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8187 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8188 break; 8189 } 8190 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8191 8192 if (!eap->skip) 8193 { 8194 if (atstart) 8195 { 8196 atstart = FALSE; 8197 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8198 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8199 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8200 { 8201 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8202 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8203 * at the more prompt. */ 8204 msg_sb_eol(); 8205 msg_start(); 8206 } 8207 } 8208 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8209 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8210 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8211 if (p != NULL) 8212 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8213 { 8214 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8215 { 8216 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8217 { 8218 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8219 msg_clr_eos(); 8220 needclr = FALSE; 8221 } 8222 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8223 } 8224 else 8225 { 8226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8227 if (has_mbyte) 8228 { 8229 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8230 8231 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8232 p += i - 1; 8233 } 8234 else 8235 #endif 8236 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8237 } 8238 } 8239 vim_free(tofree); 8240 } 8241 clear_tv(&rettv); 8242 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8243 } 8244 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8245 8246 if (eap->skip) 8247 --emsg_skip; 8248 else 8249 { 8250 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8251 if (needclr) 8252 msg_clr_eos(); 8253 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8254 msg_end(); 8255 } 8256 } 8257 8258 /* 8259 * ":echohl {name}". 8260 */ 8261 void 8262 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8263 { 8264 int id; 8265 8266 id = syn_name2id(eap->arg); 8267 if (id == 0) 8268 echo_attr = 0; 8269 else 8270 echo_attr = syn_id2attr(id); 8271 } 8272 8273 /* 8274 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8275 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8276 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8277 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8278 * echo commands 8279 */ 8280 void 8281 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8282 { 8283 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8284 typval_T rettv; 8285 int ret = OK; 8286 char_u *p; 8287 garray_T ga; 8288 int len; 8289 int save_did_emsg; 8290 8291 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8292 8293 if (eap->skip) 8294 ++emsg_skip; 8295 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8296 { 8297 p = arg; 8298 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8299 { 8300 /* 8301 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8302 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8303 * exception. 8304 */ 8305 if (!aborting()) 8306 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8307 ret = FAIL; 8308 break; 8309 } 8310 8311 if (!eap->skip) 8312 { 8313 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8314 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8315 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8316 { 8317 clear_tv(&rettv); 8318 ret = FAIL; 8319 break; 8320 } 8321 if (ga.ga_len) 8322 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8323 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8324 ga.ga_len += len; 8325 } 8326 8327 clear_tv(&rettv); 8328 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8329 } 8330 8331 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8332 { 8333 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8334 { 8335 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8336 out_flush(); 8337 } 8338 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8339 { 8340 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8341 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8342 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8343 if (!force_abort) 8344 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8345 } 8346 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8347 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8348 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8349 } 8350 8351 ga_clear(&ga); 8352 8353 if (eap->skip) 8354 --emsg_skip; 8355 8356 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8357 } 8358 8359 /* 8360 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8361 */ 8362 win_T * 8363 find_win_by_nr( 8364 typval_T *vp, 8365 tabpage_T *tp UNUSED) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8366 { 8367 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8368 win_T *wp; 8369 #endif 8370 int nr; 8371 8372 nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8373 8374 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8375 if (nr < 0) 8376 return NULL; 8377 if (nr == 0) 8378 return curwin; 8379 8380 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8381 { 8382 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8383 { 8384 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8385 return wp; 8386 } 8387 else if (--nr <= 0) 8388 break; 8389 } 8390 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8391 return NULL; 8392 return wp; 8393 #else 8394 if (nr == 0 || nr == 1 || nr == curwin->w_id) 8395 return curwin; 8396 return NULL; 8397 #endif 8398 } 8399 8400 /* 8401 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8402 */ 8403 win_T * 8404 find_tabwin( 8405 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8406 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8407 { 8408 win_T *wp = NULL; 8409 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8410 long n; 8411 8412 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8413 { 8414 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8415 { 8416 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8417 if (n >= 0) 8418 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8419 } 8420 else 8421 tp = curtab; 8422 8423 if (tp != NULL) 8424 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8425 } 8426 else 8427 wp = curwin; 8428 8429 return wp; 8430 } 8431 8432 /* 8433 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8434 */ 8435 void 8436 getwinvar( 8437 typval_T *argvars, 8438 typval_T *rettv, 8439 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8440 { 8441 win_T *win; 8442 char_u *varname; 8443 dictitem_T *v; 8444 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8445 int done = FALSE; 8446 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8447 win_T *oldcurwin; 8448 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8449 int need_switch_win; 8450 #endif 8451 8452 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8453 if (off == 1) 8454 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8455 else 8456 tp = curtab; 8457 #endif 8458 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8459 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8460 ++emsg_off; 8461 8462 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8463 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8464 8465 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8466 { 8467 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8468 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8469 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8470 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8471 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8472 if (!need_switch_win 8473 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8474 #endif 8475 { 8476 if (*varname == '&') /* window-local-option */ 8477 { 8478 if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8479 done = TRUE; 8480 } 8481 else 8482 { 8483 /* Look up the variable. */ 8484 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8485 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8486 varname, FALSE); 8487 if (v != NULL) 8488 { 8489 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8490 done = TRUE; 8491 } 8492 } 8493 } 8494 8495 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8496 if (need_switch_win) 8497 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8498 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8499 #endif 8500 } 8501 8502 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8503 /* use the default return value */ 8504 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8505 8506 --emsg_off; 8507 } 8508 8509 /* 8510 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8511 */ 8512 void 8513 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8514 { 8515 win_T *win; 8516 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8517 win_T *save_curwin; 8518 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8519 int need_switch_win; 8520 #endif 8521 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8522 typval_T *varp; 8523 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8524 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8525 8526 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8527 return; 8528 8529 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8530 if (off == 1) 8531 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8532 else 8533 tp = curtab; 8534 #endif 8535 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8536 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8537 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8538 8539 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8540 { 8541 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8542 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8543 if (!need_switch_win 8544 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8545 #endif 8546 { 8547 if (*varname == '&') 8548 { 8549 long numval; 8550 char_u *strval; 8551 int error = FALSE; 8552 8553 ++varname; 8554 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8555 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8556 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8557 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8558 } 8559 else 8560 { 8561 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8562 if (winvarname != NULL) 8563 { 8564 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8565 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8566 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8567 vim_free(winvarname); 8568 } 8569 } 8570 } 8571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8572 if (need_switch_win) 8573 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8574 #endif 8575 } 8576 } 8577 8578 /* 8579 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8580 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8581 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8582 * after the option name. 8583 */ 8584 static char_u * 8585 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8586 { 8587 char_u *p = *arg; 8588 8589 ++p; 8590 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8591 { 8592 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8593 p += 2; 8594 } 8595 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8596 { 8597 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8598 p += 2; 8599 } 8600 else 8601 *opt_flags = 0; 8602 8603 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8604 return NULL; 8605 *arg = p; 8606 8607 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8608 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8609 else 8610 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8611 ++p; 8612 return p; 8613 } 8614 8615 /* 8616 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8617 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8618 */ 8619 char_u * 8620 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8621 { 8622 char_u *p; 8623 char_u *scriptname; 8624 8625 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8626 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8627 if (scriptname == NULL) 8628 return FALSE; 8629 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8630 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8631 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8632 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8633 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8634 *p = '/'; 8635 return scriptname; 8636 } 8637 8638 /* 8639 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8640 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8641 */ 8642 int 8643 script_autoload( 8644 char_u *name, 8645 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8646 { 8647 char_u *p; 8648 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8649 int ret = FALSE; 8650 int i; 8651 8652 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8653 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8654 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8655 return FALSE; 8656 8657 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8658 8659 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8660 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8661 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8662 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8663 break; 8664 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8665 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8666 else 8667 { 8668 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8669 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8670 { 8671 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8672 tofree = NULL; 8673 } 8674 8675 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8676 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8677 ret = TRUE; 8678 } 8679 8680 vim_free(tofree); 8681 return ret; 8682 } 8683 8684 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8685 typedef enum 8686 { 8687 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8688 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8689 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8690 } var_flavour_T; 8691 8692 static var_flavour_T var_flavour(char_u *varname); 8693 8694 static var_flavour_T 8695 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8696 { 8697 char_u *p = varname; 8698 8699 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8700 { 8701 while (*(++p)) 8702 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8703 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8704 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8705 } 8706 else 8707 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8708 } 8709 #endif 8710 8711 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8712 /* 8713 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8714 */ 8715 int 8716 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8717 { 8718 char_u *tab; 8719 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8720 typval_T tv; 8721 void *save_funccal; 8722 8723 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8724 { 8725 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8726 if (tab != NULL) 8727 { 8728 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8729 switch (*tab) 8730 { 8731 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8732 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8733 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8734 #endif 8735 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8736 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8737 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8738 } 8739 8740 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8741 if (tab != NULL) 8742 { 8743 tv.v_type = type; 8744 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8745 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8746 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8747 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8748 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8749 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8750 #endif 8751 else 8752 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8753 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8754 { 8755 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8756 8757 if (etv == NULL) 8758 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8759 * string. */ 8760 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8761 else 8762 { 8763 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8764 tv = *etv; 8765 vim_free(etv); 8766 } 8767 } 8768 8769 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8770 save_funccal = clear_current_funccal(); 8771 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8772 restore_current_funccal(save_funccal); 8773 8774 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8775 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8776 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8777 clear_tv(&tv); 8778 } 8779 } 8780 } 8781 8782 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8783 } 8784 8785 /* 8786 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8787 */ 8788 void 8789 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8790 { 8791 hashitem_T *hi; 8792 dictitem_T *this_var; 8793 int todo; 8794 char *s = ""; 8795 char_u *p; 8796 char_u *tofree; 8797 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8798 8799 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8800 return; 8801 8802 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8803 8804 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8805 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8806 { 8807 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8808 { 8809 --todo; 8810 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8811 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8812 { 8813 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8814 { 8815 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8816 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8817 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8818 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8819 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8820 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8821 8822 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8823 case VAR_FUNC: 8824 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8825 case VAR_JOB: 8826 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8827 continue; 8828 } 8829 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8830 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8831 if (p != NULL) 8832 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8833 vim_free(tofree); 8834 } 8835 } 8836 } 8837 } 8838 #endif 8839 8840 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8841 int 8842 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8843 { 8844 hashitem_T *hi; 8845 dictitem_T *this_var; 8846 int todo; 8847 char_u *p, *t; 8848 8849 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8850 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8851 { 8852 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8853 { 8854 --todo; 8855 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8856 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8857 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8858 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8859 { 8860 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8861 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8862 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8863 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8864 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8865 break; 8866 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8867 if (*t == '\n') 8868 *t = 'n'; 8869 else if (*t == '\r') 8870 *t = 'r'; 8871 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8872 this_var->di_key, 8873 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8874 : ' ', 8875 p, 8876 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8877 : ' ') < 0) 8878 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8879 { 8880 vim_free(p); 8881 return FAIL; 8882 } 8883 vim_free(p); 8884 } 8885 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8886 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8887 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8888 { 8889 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8890 int sign = ' '; 8891 8892 if (f < 0) 8893 { 8894 f = -f; 8895 sign = '-'; 8896 } 8897 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8898 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8899 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8900 return FAIL; 8901 } 8902 #endif 8903 } 8904 } 8905 return OK; 8906 } 8907 #endif 8908 8909 /* 8910 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8911 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8912 */ 8913 void 8914 last_set_msg(scid_T scriptID) 8915 { 8916 char_u *p; 8917 8918 if (scriptID != 0) 8919 { 8920 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(scriptID)); 8921 if (p != NULL) 8922 { 8923 verbose_enter(); 8924 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8925 MSG_PUTS(p); 8926 vim_free(p); 8927 verbose_leave(); 8928 } 8929 } 8930 } 8931 8932 /* 8933 * List v:oldfiles in a nice way. 8934 */ 8935 void 8936 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8937 { 8938 list_T *l = vimvars[VV_OLDFILES].vv_list; 8939 listitem_T *li; 8940 int nr = 0; 8941 8942 if (l == NULL) 8943 msg((char_u *)_("No old files")); 8944 else 8945 { 8946 msg_start(); 8947 msg_scroll = TRUE; 8948 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next) 8949 { 8950 msg_outnum((long)++nr); 8951 MSG_PUTS(": "); 8952 msg_outtrans(get_tv_string(&li->li_tv)); 8953 msg_putchar('\n'); 8954 out_flush(); /* output one line at a time */ 8955 ui_breakcheck(); 8956 } 8957 /* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */ 8958 got_int = FALSE; 8959 8960 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD 8961 if (cmdmod.browse) 8962 { 8963 quit_more = FALSE; 8964 nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE); 8965 msg_starthere(); 8966 if (nr > 0) 8967 { 8968 char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES), 8969 (long)nr); 8970 8971 if (p != NULL) 8972 { 8973 p = expand_env_save(p); 8974 eap->arg = p; 8975 eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit; 8976 cmdmod.browse = FALSE; 8977 do_exedit(eap, NULL); 8978 vim_free(p); 8979 } 8980 } 8981 } 8982 #endif 8983 } 8984 } 8985 8986 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8987 void 8988 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8989 { 8990 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8991 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8992 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8993 } 8994 8995 /* 8996 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8997 */ 8998 void 8999 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9000 { 9001 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9002 9003 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 9004 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 9005 { 9006 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 9007 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9008 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 9009 } 9010 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9011 { 9012 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 9013 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 9014 } 9015 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 9016 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9017 } 9018 9019 /* 9020 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 9021 */ 9022 void 9023 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9024 { 9025 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 9026 9027 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 9028 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 9029 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 9030 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 9031 } 9032 9033 void 9034 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9035 { 9036 garray_T ga; 9037 9038 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 9039 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 9040 { 9041 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9042 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9043 atype); 9044 assert_error(&ga); 9045 ga_clear(&ga); 9046 } 9047 } 9048 9049 void 9050 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9051 { 9052 garray_T ga; 9053 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9054 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9055 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9056 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9057 9058 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 9059 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 9060 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 9061 { 9062 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9063 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9064 atype); 9065 assert_error(&ga); 9066 ga_clear(&ga); 9067 } 9068 } 9069 9070 void 9071 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 9072 { 9073 garray_T ga; 9074 int error = FALSE; 9075 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 9076 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 9077 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 9078 char_u *tofree; 9079 char msg[200]; 9080 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9081 9082 if (error) 9083 return; 9084 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 9085 { 9086 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9087 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9088 { 9089 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9090 vim_free(tofree); 9091 } 9092 else 9093 { 9094 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 9095 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 9096 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9097 } 9098 assert_error(&ga); 9099 ga_clear(&ga); 9100 } 9101 } 9102 9103 /* 9104 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9105 */ 9106 void 9107 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9108 { 9109 int error = FALSE; 9110 garray_T ga; 9111 9112 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9113 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9114 return; 9115 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9116 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9117 || error) 9118 { 9119 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9120 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9121 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9122 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9123 assert_error(&ga); 9124 ga_clear(&ga); 9125 } 9126 } 9127 9128 void 9129 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9130 { 9131 garray_T ga; 9132 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9133 9134 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9135 { 9136 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9137 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9138 assert_error(&ga); 9139 ga_clear(&ga); 9140 } 9141 else if (error != NULL 9142 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9143 { 9144 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9145 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9146 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9147 assert_error(&ga); 9148 ga_clear(&ga); 9149 } 9150 } 9151 9152 void 9153 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9154 { 9155 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9156 garray_T ga; 9157 9158 called_emsg = FALSE; 9159 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9160 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9161 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9162 if (!called_emsg) 9163 { 9164 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9165 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9166 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9167 assert_error(&ga); 9168 ga_clear(&ga); 9169 } 9170 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9171 { 9172 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9173 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9174 9175 if (error == NULL 9176 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9177 { 9178 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9179 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9180 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9181 assert_error(&ga); 9182 ga_clear(&ga); 9183 } 9184 } 9185 9186 called_emsg = FALSE; 9187 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9188 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9189 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9190 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9191 } 9192 9193 /* 9194 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9195 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9196 */ 9197 static void 9198 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9199 { 9200 char_u *p; 9201 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9202 9203 if (str == NULL) 9204 { 9205 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9210 switch (*p) 9211 { 9212 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9213 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9214 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9215 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9216 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9217 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9218 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9219 default: 9220 if (*p < ' ') 9221 { 9222 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9223 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9224 } 9225 else 9226 ga_append(gap, *p); 9227 break; 9228 } 9229 } 9230 9231 /* 9232 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9233 */ 9234 void 9235 fill_assert_error( 9236 garray_T *gap, 9237 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9238 char_u *exp_str, 9239 typval_T *exp_tv, 9240 typval_T *got_tv, 9241 assert_type_T atype) 9242 { 9243 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9244 char_u *tofree; 9245 9246 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9247 { 9248 ga_concat(gap, tv2string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9249 vim_free(tofree); 9250 } 9251 else 9252 { 9253 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9254 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9255 else 9256 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9257 if (exp_str == NULL) 9258 { 9259 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9260 vim_free(tofree); 9261 } 9262 else 9263 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9264 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9265 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9266 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9267 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9268 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9269 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" differs from "); 9270 else 9271 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9272 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9273 vim_free(tofree); 9274 } 9275 } 9276 9277 9278 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9279 9280 9281 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9282 9283 #ifdef WIN3264 9284 /* 9285 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9286 */ 9287 static int get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9288 static int shortpath_for_invalid_fname(char_u **fname, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9289 static int shortpath_for_partial(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen); 9290 9291 /* 9292 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9293 * Only works for a valid file name. 9294 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9295 * is put in "bufp". 9296 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9297 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9298 */ 9299 static int 9300 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9301 { 9302 int l, len; 9303 char_u *newbuf; 9304 9305 len = *fnamelen; 9306 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9307 if (l > len - 1) 9308 { 9309 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9310 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9311 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9312 if (newbuf == NULL) 9313 return FAIL; 9314 9315 vim_free(*bufp); 9316 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9317 9318 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9319 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9320 } 9321 9322 *fnamelen = l; 9323 return OK; 9324 } 9325 9326 /* 9327 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9328 * path is returned in "bufp". 9329 * 9330 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9331 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9332 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9333 * 9334 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9335 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9336 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9337 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9338 * 9339 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9340 */ 9341 static int 9342 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9343 char_u **fname, 9344 char_u **bufp, 9345 int *fnamelen) 9346 { 9347 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9348 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9349 char_u ch; 9350 int old_len, len; 9351 int new_len, sfx_len; 9352 int retval = OK; 9353 9354 /* Make a copy */ 9355 old_len = *fnamelen; 9356 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9357 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9358 short_fname = NULL; 9359 9360 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9361 save_endp = endp; 9362 9363 /* 9364 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9365 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9366 */ 9367 len = 0; 9368 for (;;) 9369 { 9370 /* go back one path-separator */ 9371 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9372 --endp; 9373 if (endp <= save_fname) 9374 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9375 9376 /* 9377 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9378 * resulting path. 9379 */ 9380 ch = *endp; 9381 *endp = 0; 9382 short_fname = save_fname; 9383 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9384 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9385 { 9386 retval = FAIL; 9387 goto theend; 9388 } 9389 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9390 9391 if (len > 0) 9392 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9393 9394 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9395 --endp; 9396 } 9397 9398 if (len > 0) 9399 { 9400 /* 9401 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9402 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9403 */ 9404 9405 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9406 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9407 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9408 9409 *fnamelen = new_len; 9410 vim_free(*bufp); 9411 if (new_len > old_len) 9412 { 9413 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9414 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9415 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9416 if (*fname == NULL) 9417 { 9418 retval = FAIL; 9419 goto theend; 9420 } 9421 } 9422 else 9423 { 9424 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9425 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9426 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9427 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9428 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9429 save_fname = NULL; 9430 } 9431 9432 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9433 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9434 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9435 } 9436 9437 theend: 9438 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9439 vim_free(save_fname); 9440 9441 return retval; 9442 } 9443 9444 /* 9445 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9446 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9447 */ 9448 static int 9449 shortpath_for_partial( 9450 char_u **fnamep, 9451 char_u **bufp, 9452 int *fnamelen) 9453 { 9454 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9455 char_u *p; 9456 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9457 int hasTilde; 9458 9459 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9460 * of the path to return. */ 9461 sepcount = 0; 9462 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 9463 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9464 ++sepcount; 9465 9466 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9467 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9468 if (hasTilde) 9469 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9470 else 9471 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9472 9473 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9474 9475 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9476 return FAIL; 9477 9478 if (len == 0) 9479 { 9480 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9481 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9482 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9483 */ 9484 len = tflen; 9485 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9486 return FAIL; 9487 } 9488 9489 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9490 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9491 { 9492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9493 if (has_mbyte) 9494 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9495 #endif 9496 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9497 { 9498 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9499 break; 9500 else 9501 sepcount --; 9502 } 9503 } 9504 if (hasTilde) 9505 { 9506 --p; 9507 if (p >= tfname) 9508 *p = '~'; 9509 else 9510 return FAIL; 9511 } 9512 else 9513 ++p; 9514 9515 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9516 vim_free(*bufp); 9517 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9518 *bufp = pbuf; 9519 *fnamep = p; 9520 9521 return OK; 9522 } 9523 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9524 9525 /* 9526 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9527 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9528 * determined by *fnamelen. 9529 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9530 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9531 */ 9532 int 9533 modify_fname( 9534 char_u *src, /* string with modifiers */ 9535 int *usedlen, /* characters after src that are used */ 9536 char_u **fnamep, /* file name so far */ 9537 char_u **bufp, /* buffer for allocated file name or NULL */ 9538 int *fnamelen) /* length of fnamep */ 9539 { 9540 int valid = 0; 9541 char_u *tail; 9542 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9543 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9544 int c; 9545 int has_fullname = 0; 9546 #ifdef WIN3264 9547 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9548 int has_shortname = 0; 9549 #endif 9550 9551 repeat: 9552 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9553 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9554 { 9555 has_fullname = 1; 9556 9557 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9558 *usedlen += 2; 9559 9560 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9561 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9562 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9563 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9564 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9565 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9566 # endif 9567 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9568 9569 #endif 9570 ) 9571 { 9572 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9573 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9574 *bufp = *fnamep; 9575 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9576 return -1; 9577 } 9578 9579 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9580 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 9581 { 9582 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9583 && p[1] == '.' 9584 && (p[2] == NUL 9585 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9586 || (p[2] == '.' 9587 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9588 break; 9589 } 9590 9591 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9592 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9593 { 9594 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9595 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9596 *bufp = *fnamep; 9597 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9598 return -1; 9599 } 9600 9601 #ifdef WIN3264 9602 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9603 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9604 { 9605 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9606 * file does not have two different names. 9607 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9608 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9609 if (p != NULL) 9610 { 9611 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9612 { 9613 vim_free(*bufp); 9614 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9615 } 9616 else 9617 vim_free(p); 9618 } 9619 } 9620 # endif 9621 #endif 9622 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9623 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9624 { 9625 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9626 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9627 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9628 *bufp = *fnamep; 9629 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9630 return -1; 9631 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9632 } 9633 } 9634 9635 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9636 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9637 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9638 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9639 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9640 { 9641 *usedlen += 2; 9642 if (c == '8') 9643 { 9644 #ifdef WIN3264 9645 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9646 #endif 9647 continue; 9648 } 9649 pbuf = NULL; 9650 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9651 if (!has_fullname) 9652 { 9653 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9654 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9655 else 9656 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9657 } 9658 else 9659 p = *fnamep; 9660 9661 has_fullname = 0; 9662 9663 if (p != NULL) 9664 { 9665 if (c == '.') 9666 { 9667 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9668 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9669 if (s != NULL) 9670 { 9671 *fnamep = s; 9672 if (pbuf != NULL) 9673 { 9674 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9675 *bufp = pbuf; 9676 pbuf = NULL; 9677 } 9678 } 9679 } 9680 else 9681 { 9682 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9683 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9684 if (*dirname == '~') 9685 { 9686 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9687 if (s != NULL) 9688 { 9689 *fnamep = s; 9690 vim_free(*bufp); 9691 *bufp = s; 9692 } 9693 } 9694 } 9695 vim_free(pbuf); 9696 } 9697 } 9698 9699 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9700 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9701 9702 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9703 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9704 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9705 { 9706 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9707 *usedlen += 2; 9708 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9709 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9710 mb_ptr_back(*fnamep, tail); 9711 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9712 #ifdef VMS 9713 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9714 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9715 #endif 9716 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9717 { 9718 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9719 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9720 if (p == NULL) 9721 return -1; 9722 vim_free(*bufp); 9723 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9724 *fnamelen = 1; 9725 } 9726 else 9727 { 9728 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9729 mb_ptr_back(*fnamep, tail); 9730 } 9731 } 9732 9733 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9734 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9735 { 9736 *usedlen += 2; 9737 #ifdef WIN3264 9738 has_shortname = 1; 9739 #endif 9740 } 9741 9742 #ifdef WIN3264 9743 /* 9744 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9745 */ 9746 if (has_shortname) 9747 { 9748 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9749 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9750 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9751 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9752 { 9753 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9754 if (p == NULL) 9755 return -1; 9756 vim_free(*bufp); 9757 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9758 } 9759 9760 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9761 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9762 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9763 { 9764 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9765 return -1; 9766 } 9767 else 9768 { 9769 int l = *fnamelen; 9770 9771 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9772 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9773 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9774 return -1; 9775 9776 if (l == 0) 9777 { 9778 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9779 l = *fnamelen; 9780 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9781 return -1; 9782 } 9783 *fnamelen = l; 9784 } 9785 } 9786 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9787 9788 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9789 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9790 { 9791 *usedlen += 2; 9792 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9793 *fnamep = tail; 9794 } 9795 9796 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9797 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9798 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9799 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9800 { 9801 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9802 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9803 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9804 */ 9805 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9806 s = *fnamep - 2; 9807 else 9808 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9809 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9810 if (s[0] == '.') 9811 break; 9812 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9813 { 9814 if (s > tail) 9815 { 9816 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9817 *fnamep = s + 1; 9818 #ifdef VMS 9819 /* cut version from the extension */ 9820 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9821 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9822 if (s[0] == ';') 9823 break; 9824 if (s > *fnamep) 9825 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9826 #endif 9827 } 9828 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9829 *fnamelen = 0; 9830 } 9831 else /* :r */ 9832 { 9833 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 9834 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 9835 } 9836 *usedlen += 2; 9837 } 9838 9839 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 9840 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 9841 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9842 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 9843 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 9844 { 9845 char_u *str; 9846 char_u *pat; 9847 char_u *sub; 9848 int sep; 9849 char_u *flags; 9850 int didit = FALSE; 9851 9852 flags = (char_u *)""; 9853 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 9854 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 9855 { 9856 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 9857 ++s; 9858 } 9859 9860 sep = *s++; 9861 if (sep) 9862 { 9863 /* find end of pattern */ 9864 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9865 if (p != NULL) 9866 { 9867 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9868 if (pat != NULL) 9869 { 9870 s = p + 1; 9871 /* find end of substitution */ 9872 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 9873 if (p != NULL) 9874 { 9875 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 9876 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9877 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 9878 { 9879 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 9880 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 9881 if (s != NULL) 9882 { 9883 *fnamep = s; 9884 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 9885 vim_free(*bufp); 9886 *bufp = s; 9887 didit = TRUE; 9888 } 9889 } 9890 vim_free(sub); 9891 vim_free(str); 9892 } 9893 vim_free(pat); 9894 } 9895 } 9896 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 9897 if (didit) 9898 goto repeat; 9899 } 9900 } 9901 9902 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 9903 { 9904 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 9905 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 9906 if (c != NUL) 9907 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 9908 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 9909 if (c != NUL) 9910 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 9911 if (p == NULL) 9912 return -1; 9913 vim_free(*bufp); 9914 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9915 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9916 *usedlen += 2; 9917 } 9918 9919 return valid; 9920 } 9921 9922 /* 9923 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 9924 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 9925 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 9926 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 9927 */ 9928 char_u * 9929 do_string_sub( 9930 char_u *str, 9931 char_u *pat, 9932 char_u *sub, 9933 typval_T *expr, 9934 char_u *flags) 9935 { 9936 int sublen; 9937 regmatch_T regmatch; 9938 int i; 9939 int do_all; 9940 char_u *tail; 9941 char_u *end; 9942 garray_T ga; 9943 char_u *ret; 9944 char_u *save_cpo; 9945 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 9946 9947 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 9948 save_cpo = p_cpo; 9949 p_cpo = empty_option; 9950 9951 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 9952 9953 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 9954 9955 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 9956 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 9957 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 9958 { 9959 tail = str; 9960 end = str + STRLEN(str); 9961 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 9962 { 9963 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 9964 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 9965 { 9966 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 9967 { 9968 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 9969 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 9970 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 9971 (size_t)i); 9972 ga.ga_len += i; 9973 tail += i; 9974 continue; 9975 } 9976 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 9977 } 9978 9979 /* 9980 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 9981 * into. It will contain: 9982 * - The text up to where the match is. 9983 * - The substituted text. 9984 * - The text after the match. 9985 */ 9986 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 9987 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 9988 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 9989 { 9990 ga_clear(&ga); 9991 break; 9992 } 9993 9994 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 9995 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 9996 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 9997 /* add the substituted text */ 9998 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 9999 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10000 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10001 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10002 if (*tail == NUL) 10003 break; 10004 if (!do_all) 10005 break; 10006 } 10007 10008 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10009 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10010 10011 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10012 } 10013 10014 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10015 ga_clear(&ga); 10016 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10017 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10018 else 10019 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10020 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10021 10022 return ret; 10023 } 10024 10025 static int 10026 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10027 { 10028 typval_T rettv; 10029 typval_T argv[3]; 10030 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 10031 char_u *s; 10032 int retval = FAIL; 10033 int dummy; 10034 10035 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10036 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10037 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10038 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 10039 { 10040 s = expr->vval.v_string; 10041 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10042 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 10043 goto theend; 10044 } 10045 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 10046 { 10047 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 10048 10049 s = partial_name(partial); 10050 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), &rettv, 2, argv, NULL, 10051 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 10052 goto theend; 10053 } 10054 else 10055 { 10056 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 10057 if (s == NULL) 10058 goto theend; 10059 s = skipwhite(s); 10060 if (eval1(&s, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 10061 goto theend; 10062 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 10063 { 10064 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 10065 goto theend; 10066 } 10067 } 10068 if (map) 10069 { 10070 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10071 clear_tv(tv); 10072 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10073 *tv = rettv; 10074 } 10075 else 10076 { 10077 int error = FALSE; 10078 10079 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10080 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10081 clear_tv(&rettv); 10082 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10083 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10084 if (error) 10085 goto theend; 10086 } 10087 retval = OK; 10088 theend: 10089 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10090 return retval; 10091 } 10092 10093 10094 /* 10095 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10096 */ 10097 void 10098 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10099 { 10100 typval_T *expr; 10101 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10102 list_T *l = NULL; 10103 dictitem_T *di; 10104 hashtab_T *ht; 10105 hashitem_T *hi; 10106 dict_T *d = NULL; 10107 typval_T save_val; 10108 typval_T save_key; 10109 int rem; 10110 int todo; 10111 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10112 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10113 : N_("filter() argument")); 10114 int save_did_emsg; 10115 int idx = 0; 10116 10117 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10118 { 10119 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10120 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10121 return; 10122 } 10123 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10124 { 10125 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10126 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10127 return; 10128 } 10129 else 10130 { 10131 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10132 return; 10133 } 10134 10135 expr = &argvars[1]; 10136 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10137 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10138 * was not passed as argument. */ 10139 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10140 { 10141 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10142 10143 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10144 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10145 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10146 did_emsg = FALSE; 10147 10148 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10149 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10150 { 10151 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10152 10153 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10154 hash_lock(ht); 10155 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10156 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10157 { 10158 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10159 { 10160 int r; 10161 10162 --todo; 10163 di = HI2DI(hi); 10164 if (map && 10165 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10166 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10167 break; 10168 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10169 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10170 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10171 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10172 break; 10173 if (!map && rem) 10174 { 10175 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10176 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10177 break; 10178 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10179 } 10180 } 10181 } 10182 hash_unlock(ht); 10183 } 10184 else 10185 { 10186 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10187 10188 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10189 { 10190 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10191 break; 10192 nli = li->li_next; 10193 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10194 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10195 || did_emsg) 10196 break; 10197 if (!map && rem) 10198 listitem_remove(l, li); 10199 ++idx; 10200 } 10201 } 10202 10203 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10204 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10205 10206 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10207 } 10208 10209 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10210 } 10211 10212 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10213